WO2020179648A1 - Structure production method, color filter production method, solid state imaging element production method, and image display device production method - Google Patents

Structure production method, color filter production method, solid state imaging element production method, and image display device production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020179648A1
WO2020179648A1 PCT/JP2020/008209 JP2020008209W WO2020179648A1 WO 2020179648 A1 WO2020179648 A1 WO 2020179648A1 JP 2020008209 W JP2020008209 W JP 2020008209W WO 2020179648 A1 WO2020179648 A1 WO 2020179648A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
mass
group
photosensitive composition
colored photosensitive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/008209
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
貴規 田口
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021504038A priority Critical patent/JPWO2020179648A1/en
Publication of WO2020179648A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020179648A1/en
Priority to JP2023011747A priority patent/JP7457171B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a structure in which pixels are formed in a region partitioned by a partition wall.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • the color filter is formed, for example, by forming a colored photosensitive composition layer on a support using a colored photosensitive composition, exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer in a pattern, and then exposing the unexposed area with a developing solution.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer of No. 1 is developed and removed to form pixels.
  • As the developing solution as described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • solid-state image sensors may be used in more harsh environments.
  • color filters used in solid-state image sensors are desired to have excellent temperature cycle resistance.
  • the “temperature cycle resistance” is the degree of adhesion of the pixel formed on the support to the support when the pixel is subjected to a cycle in which high temperature and low temperature are repeated.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a structure capable of forming a pixel that suppresses development residues, has a small surface roughness, and has excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance in a region partitioned by partition walls.
  • a method of manufacturing a color filter, a method of manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and a method of manufacturing an image display device is to provide a method for manufacturing a structure capable of forming a pixel that suppresses development residues, has a small surface roughness, and has excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance in a region partitioned by partition walls.
  • a colored photosensitive composition is applied onto a support provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by partition walls to form a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support including the inside of the regions partitioned by partition walls.
  • a step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer formed on the support in a pattern, and A step of developing and removing the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion using a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall, and A method of manufacturing a structure including: A method for producing a structure, which uses an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent as a developing solution.
  • a method for producing a structure which uses an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent as a developing solution.
  • ⁇ 3> The method for producing a structure according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the developer contains 0.01 to 0.20% by mass of a chelating agent.
  • ⁇ 4> The method for producing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the alkaline agent is an organic base compound.
  • ⁇ 5> The method for producing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the developer further contains a surfactant.
  • ⁇ 6> The method for producing a structure according to ⁇ 5>, wherein the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • ⁇ 7> The method for producing a structure according to ⁇ 6>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • ⁇ 8> The method for producing a structure according to ⁇ 6>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 12 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • ⁇ 9> The method for producing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 6> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound containing a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  • ⁇ 10> The method for producing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains 30 to 70% by mass of a colorant in the total solid content.
  • the colored photosensitive composition contains a resin having an acid value of 10 to 100 mgKOH / g and an ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of 1.0 to 2.0 mmol / g, ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>.
  • ⁇ 12> The method for producing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains a polymerizable compound containing 6 or more polymerizable groups.
  • ⁇ 14> The method for producing a structure according to ⁇ 13>, wherein the organic layer is formed on the surface of the partition wall using a composition for forming an organic layer containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  • a method for manufacturing a color filter which comprises the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>.
  • a method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor which comprises the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>.
  • ⁇ 17> A method for manufacturing an image display device, which includes the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 14>.
  • a method for manufacturing a structure capable of suppressing development residues and forming a pixel having a small surface roughness and excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance in a region partitioned by partition walls A method for manufacturing a color filter, a method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and a method for manufacturing an image display device can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. It is a figure which shows the state which formed the colored photosensitive composition layer. It is a figure which shows the state which formed the pixel in the region partitioned by the partition wall. It is a figure which shows the state which each formed the pixel of each color in the area
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term “exposure” includes not only light exposure but also drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of the light used for the exposure include a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), active rays such as X rays and electron rays, or radiation.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • active rays such as X rays and electron rays, or radiation.
  • a (meth)allyl group represents both allyl and methallyl
  • (meth)acrylate” represents both an acrylate and a methacrylate
  • (meth)""Acrylic represents both acrylic and methacryl, or either
  • (meth) acryloyl represents both acryloyl and methacrylol, or either.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene conversion values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
  • infrared rays mean light having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from all components of the composition.
  • the term "process” does not only refer to an independent process, but even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, if the desired action of the process is achieved, the term is used. included.
  • the method for producing the structure of the present invention A step of applying a colored photosensitive composition on a support provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by a partition wall to form a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support including the region partitioned by the partition wall.
  • a step of patternwise exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer formed on the support A step of developing and removing the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion with a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall,
  • As a developing solution an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used.
  • an unexposed portion of the colored photosensitive composition layer is developed and removed by using an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent as a developer. It is possible to form pixels having a small surface roughness, excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance, in a region partitioned by a partition wall, while suppressing development residue.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view seen from directly above the support 1
  • FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG.
  • reference numeral 1 is a support.
  • the material of the support 1 is not particularly limited. It can be selected as appropriate according to the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film and the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, an undercoat layer may be provided on the silicon substrate in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • an undercoat layer may be provided on the silicon substrate in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate.
  • a partition wall 2 is provided on the support 1, and the surface of the support 1 is divided into a plurality of regions by the partition wall 2.
  • the above-mentioned "region" is a space surrounded by a partition wall on the support.
  • the partition wall 2 may be provided in direct contact with the support 1.
  • partition walls may be provided on the undercoat layer.
  • the shape of the region surrounded by the partition wall 2 on the support 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as the shape of the opening of the partition wall) has a rectangular shape, but may have a shape other than the rectangular shape. Good. For example, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a polygonal shape having a pentagon or more, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the material of the partition wall 2 There is no particular limitation on the material of the partition wall 2. Examples thereof include organic materials such as siloxane resin and fluororesin, and inorganic particles such as silica particles.
  • silica particles those in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape are preferably used.
  • spherical means that it may be substantially spherical and may be deformed as long as the effect of the present invention is exhibited. For example, it is meant to include a shape having irregularities on the surface and a flat shape having a long axis in a predetermined direction.
  • a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape means a structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a linear and/or branched form.
  • a structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected to each other at a joint having a smaller outer diameter can be mentioned.
  • the structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape is not only a structure in which they are connected in a ring shape but also a chain shape having an end.
  • the partition wall 2 can also be formed by using the composition containing colloidal silica particles described in International Publication No. 2019/017280.
  • the partition wall 2 may be made of a metal such as tungsten or aluminum. It may also be a laminate of a metal and a black matrix. In the case of a laminated body, the stacking order of the metal and the black matrix is not particularly limited.
  • the height H1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.3 to 1.2 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.35 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the width W1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.05 to 0.2 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.06 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.08 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 0.18 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.15 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.12 ⁇ m or less.
  • the ratio of the height H1 and the width W1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 1.5 to 20.0.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1.8 or more, more preferably 2.0 or more, and even more preferably 4.0 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15.0 or less, more preferably 10.0 or less, and even more preferably 8.0 or less.
  • the pitch width P1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.5 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.7 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1.8 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1.4 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 1.2 ⁇ m or less.
  • the pitch width P1 of the partition wall 2 is the arrangement pitch of adjacent partition walls.
  • the pixel size becomes smaller as the pitch width P1 becomes shorter. The smaller the pixel size formed, the more the temperature cycle resistance tends to decrease. However, according to the present invention, excellent temperature cycle resistance can be obtained even if the formed pixel size is small. Therefore, when the pitch width P1 of the partition walls 2 is narrow and the formed pixel size is small, the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited.
  • An organic substance layer may be provided on the surface of the partition wall 2.
  • the organic material layer can be formed by applying and drying the composition for forming an organic material layer on the partition wall.
  • the organic layer is preferably a layer formed by using a composition for forming an organic layer containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. According to this aspect, the adhesiveness between the organic material layer and the pixel can be enhanced, and better moisture resistance and temperature cycle resistance can be obtained.
  • the composition for forming an organic layer will be described later.
  • the partition wall 2 can be formed by using a conventionally known method.
  • the partition wall 2 can be formed as follows. First, a bulkhead material layer is formed on the support.
  • the partition wall material layer can be formed by, for example, applying a composition containing inorganic particles such as silica particles on a support and then performing curing or the like to form a film, to form a partition wall material layer. Examples of such a composition include the compositions for forming an optical functional layer described in WO 2015/190374, paragraphs 0012 to 0133, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an inorganic material such as silicon dioxide can be formed on the support by a vapor deposition method such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or vacuum vapor deposition, or a method such as sputtering to form a partition wall material layer.
  • a resist pattern is then formed on the bulkhead material layer using a mask that has a pattern that follows the shape of the bulkhead.
  • the partition wall material layer is etched to form a pattern. Examples of the etching method include a dry etching method and a wet etching method. The etching by the dry etching method can be performed under the conditions described in paragraph numbers 0114 to 0120, 0129, and 0130 of JP-A-2016-014856.
  • the resist pattern is peeled and removed from the partition wall material layer. In this way, the partition wall 2 can be formed.
  • the colored photosensitive composition is applied onto the support 1 provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by the partition walls 2 and partitioned by the partition walls 2.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 is formed on the support 1 including the inside of the region.
  • a composition containing a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin is preferably used as the colored photosensitive composition.
  • the type of colored photosensitive composition is, for example, a composition for forming pixels selected from red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, transparent pixels, infrared transmissive pixels, and light-shielding pixels.
  • Examples thereof include, and a composition for forming a pixel selected from a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel is preferable. Details of the colored photosensitive composition will be described later. In addition, in this specification, "transparency” is included in the concept of "coloring" in a colored photosensitive composition.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the colored photosensitive composition.
  • a dropping method drop casting
  • a slit coating method for example, a spraying method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method (spin coating); a cast coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP 2009-145395A).
  • inkjet for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method
  • ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing method, etc. Examples include various printing methods; transfer methods using molds and the like; nanoimprint methods.
  • the method for applying the inkjet method is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in “Expanding and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities in patents”, published by Sumi Betechno Research, February 2005 (especially from page 115) (See page 133), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-126830, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the methods described in International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 formed on the support 1 may be dried (prebaked).
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and further preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 formed on the support is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 can be exposed in a pattern by using a stepper exposure device, a scanner exposure device, or the like through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used at the time of exposure includes g rays, i rays, and the like. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) are preferable. Also, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can be used.
  • Irradiation dose for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed to oxygen-free) or may be exposed to a high oxygen atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set appropriately, and usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 in the unexposed portion is developed and removed using a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall (development step).
  • development step the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed area in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured area.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used as a developing solution.
  • a developing solution By developing using such a developing solution, a development residue can be suppressed, and a pixel having a small surface roughness and excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance can be formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall. ..
  • the content of the alkaline agent in the aqueous alkaline solution is 0.02 to 0.22% by mass and further the chelating agent is further contained, excellent developability is obtained, and development is improved. It is presumed that the residue was suppressed, the surface roughness was small, and a pixel having excellent rectangularity could be formed.
  • post-baking is post-development curing treatments to complete the curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is preferably 100 to 240° C., more preferably 200 to 240° C., for example.
  • Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner by using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. ..
  • the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Laid-Open No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pixel 11 is formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall.
  • the height H1 of the partition wall 2 and the thickness H2 of the pixel 11 are substantially the same, but the height H1 of the partition wall 2 may be lower than the thickness H2 of the pixel 11 and may be higher. Good.
  • the pixels 11, 21, and 31 of a plurality of colors can be formed in the regions partitioned by the partition walls, respectively.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used as a developing solution.
  • the pH of the developer is preferably 10 to 14, more preferably 11 to 13.5, even more preferably 12 to 13.
  • the alkaline agent examples include organic base compounds and inorganic base compounds, and organic base compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing development residues.
  • the organic base compound is preferably an organic base compound having an ammonium salt structure, more preferably a tetraalkylammonium salt, and further preferably a tetramethylammonium salt.
  • organic base compounds include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium. Hydroxydo, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc. Is mentioned.
  • Specific examples of the inorganic base compound used as the alkaline agent include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate and the like.
  • the content of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is 0.02 to 0.22% by mass, preferably 0.10 to 0.18% by mass, and 0.12 to 0.17% by mass. Is more preferable, and 0.13 to 0.16 mass% is even more preferable.
  • the content of the alkaline agent is 0.02% by mass or more, the developing solution penetrates into the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion is good, and the generation of development residuals can be suppressed.
  • the content of the alkaline agent is 0.22% by mass or less, the surface roughness is small, and it is easy to form pixels having excellent rectangularity, temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance.
  • the alkaline aqueous solution used as the developer contains a chelating agent.
  • the chelating agent refers to a compound (ligand) that forms a complex by coordinating with a metal ion.
  • the chelating agent is preferably a polydentate ligand of 2 or more loci, more preferably a polydentate ligand of 2 to 6 loci, and a polydentate ligand of 2 to 4 locus. More preferable.
  • the chelating agent is preferably a compound having at least one kind of group selected from an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group, and an amino group is preferable because the interaction with an alkaline agent is easily obtained.
  • a compound having an amino group and a carboxyl group is more preferable (hereinafter, a compound having an amino group and a carboxyl group is also referred to as an aminocarboxylic acid compound).
  • the aminocarboxylic acid compound is preferably a compound having 2 to 4 amino groups and 2 to 8 carboxyl groups.
  • the number of amino groups is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 2.
  • the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 2 to 8, and more preferably 2 to 4.
  • the chelating agent include polyamine compounds such as ethylenediamine and propylenediamine; butylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid (DTPA), ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid, triethylenetetraminehexacetic acid, and 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane.
  • polyamine compounds such as ethylenediamine and propylenediamine
  • DTPA diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid
  • ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid triethylenetetraminehexacetic acid
  • 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane.
  • -N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexanetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, ethylenediaminedipropionic acid, 1,6- Hexamethylene-diamine-N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid, N,N-bis(2-hydroxybenzyl)ethylenediamine-N,N-diacetic acid, diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, 1,4,7,10 -Tetraazacyclododecane-Aminocarboxylic acid compounds such as tetraacetic acid, diaminopropanol tetraacetic acid, and (hydroxyethyl) ethylenediaminetriacetic acid can be mentioned.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and ethylenediamine are preferable from the viewpoint of temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance, and further, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the pattern shape in addition to the above characteristics.
  • the content of the chelating agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.01 to 0.20% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 0.10% by mass, and 0.04 to 0.10% by mass. It is more preferably%. When the content of the chelating agent is in the above range, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
  • the content of the chelating agent is preferably 5 to 130 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, and further preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the alkaline agent. preferable. When the ratio of the chelating agent to the alkaline agent is within the above range, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. The detailed reason is unknown, but it is presumed that the ratio of the chelating agent to the alkaline agent is within the above range, so that the chelating agent can appropriately penetrate into the colored photosensitive composition layer. ..
  • the alkaline aqueous solution used as the developing solution preferably further contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant By containing a surfactant, generation of development residues can be suppressed more effectively. Furthermore, the temperature cycle resistance can be improved.
  • the surfactant examples include a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and an anionic surfactant, and the nonionic surfactant is preferable from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developing solution into the colored photosensitive composition layer. ..
  • the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a compound having an alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferable, because an excellent moisture resistance is easily obtained. It is particularly preferable that the compound has.
  • the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound containing a polyoxyalkylene structure because it is easy to suppress the development residue more effectively.
  • oxyalkylene constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure oxyalkylene having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, oxyalkylene having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and oxyethylene and oxypropylene are even more preferable.
  • the number of repetitions of oxyalkylene in the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
  • the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure, a polyoxypropylene structure, a polyoxybutylene structure, or a mixed structure thereof, more preferably a polyoxyethylene structure, a polyoxypropylene structure, or a mixed structure thereof, and polyoxyethylene.
  • a mixed structure of a structure and a polyoxypropylene structure is more preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developing solution into the colored photosensitive composition layer.
  • the lower limit is preferably 600 or more, more preferably 700 or more, from the viewpoint of moisture resistance.
  • the nonionic surfactant used in the developing solution is preferably a compound that does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms.
  • the nonionic surfactant used in the developer is preferably a compound represented by formula (W1) or formula (W2), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (W1).
  • RW1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 5 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, further preferably has 10 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably has 12 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
  • Ph represents a phenylene group.
  • R W2 represents an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • m RW2s may be the same or different. Of the m RW2s , at least one is preferably an ethylene group and the rest is preferably a propylene group. Represents an alkylene group.
  • m represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
  • R W3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include a hydroxy group and an alkyl group.
  • the compound represented by formula (W1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (W1-1) to (W1-3), and more preferably a compound represented by (W1-3). .. R W1 - (OC 2 H 5 ) m1 -R W3 ⁇ (W1-1) R W1 - (OC 3 H 7 ) m1 -R W3 ⁇ (W1-2) R W1 - (OC 2 H 5 ) m2 (OC 3 H 7) m3 -R W3 ⁇ (W1-3)
  • R W1 represents an alkyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • R W3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • m1 represents an integer of 2 or more
  • m2 represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m3 is Represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • m1 is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
  • M2 and m3 are independently preferably 1 to 39, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
  • the sum of m2 and m3 is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and polyoxyethylene.
  • the content of the surfactant in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.03 to 0.25% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.20% by mass, and 0.10 to 0.15. It is more preferably by mass%.
  • the content of the chelating agent is within the above range, the generation of development residue can be suppressed more effectively.
  • the colored photosensitive composition used in the method for producing the structure of the present invention will be described.
  • the colored photosensitive composition a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a yellow pixel, a cyan pixel, a magenta color pixel, a transparent pixel, a composition for pixel formation selected from infrared-transmissive pixels and light-shielding pixels, Pixel-forming compositions selected from red, green and blue pixels are preferred.
  • the colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a colorant.
  • the colorant include chromatic colorants such as a red colorant, a green colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant and an orange colorant.
  • the colorant may be a pigment or a dye. You may use together a pigment and a dye.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can be used. By substituting an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment with an organic chromophore, hue design can be facilitated.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
  • the colorant preferably contains a pigment.
  • the content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and preferably 90% by mass or more. Particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the pigment include those shown below.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12 and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5.
  • a green pigment a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12 and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5.
  • Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720.
  • the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and the like can also be used.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can be used as the blue pigment.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
  • the yellow pigment the pigment described in JP-A-2017-201003, the pigment described in JP-A-2017-197719, and paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062, 0137-in JP-A-2017-171912.
  • the pigments described, the pigments described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-2017-171915 can also be used.
  • the compound described in JP-A-2018-062644 can also be used. This compound can also be used as a pigment derivative.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, the naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344 can also be used. it can.
  • red pigment it is also possible to use a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is introduced is bound to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. it can.
  • Dyes can also be used as colorants.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and a known dye can be used.
  • pyrazole azo series anilino azo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonor series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series
  • phthalocyanine-based benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes.
  • the thiazole compound described in JP 2012-158649 A, the azo compound described in JP 2011-18449 A, and the azo compound described in JP 2011-145540 A can also be preferably used.
  • the yellow dye the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339A, the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-026228, and the like can also be used.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye that is used by dissolving it in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is a particle, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the dye multimer in the particle state can be obtained by, for example, emulsion polymerization, and specific examples thereof include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, International Publication No. 2016/031442, and the like. Compounds can also be used.
  • a condensed ring quinophthalone compound described in International Publication No. 2012/128233 and a colorant described in International Publication No. 2011/037195 can also be used.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 35% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may contain a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is substituted with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • the acid group contained in the pigment derivative is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxyl group, more preferably a sulfo group.
  • an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ⁇ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less is further preferable.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more.
  • pigment derivative examples include the compounds described in paragraphs Nos. 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065 A, the compounds described in JP 2003-081972 A, and the compounds described in JP 5299151 A. Is mentioned.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and further preferably 40% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition. ..
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one kind of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more polymerizable groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more polymerizable groups, and further preferably a compound containing 5 or more polymerizable groups. It is particularly preferable that the compound contains 6 or more polymerizable groups because it is easy to further improve the temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance of the formed pixels.
  • a compound containing 6 or more polymerizable groups is used as the polymerizable compound, the curability at the time of exposure is good and the crosslink density of the film in the exposed area can be further increased. It is presumed that the permeation of the developing solution can be appropriately suppressed, and the pixel firmly adhered to the support or the partition can be formed. As a result, it is presumed that the temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance of the formed pixel can be further improved.
  • the upper limit of the number of polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable compound is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less.
  • the type of the polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable compound is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, preferably an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 4- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 5- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound. More preferably, a 6 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound is even more preferable, a 6 to 10 functional (meth)acrylate compound is even more preferable, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate. Particularly preferred is a compound.
  • Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-209760A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) NK ester A-DPH-12E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residues.
  • Compounds eg, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartmer
  • diglycerin EO ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate
  • pentaerythritol tetraacrylate manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A
  • 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA
  • RP-1040 manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Aronix TO-2349 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • light acrylate POB-A0 manufactured by Kyoeisha
  • trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate.
  • Pentaerythritol Tri (meth) acrylate and other trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds can also be used.
  • Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an acid group can also be used.
  • the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed more effectively.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility in the developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • Polymerizable compounds having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
  • a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and a trifunctional compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • the above (meth) acrylate compound is more preferable.
  • Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutyleneoxy groups. Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is an acrylate.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the polymerizable compound it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-0371993, JP-A-02-032293, and JP-A-02-016765.
  • Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable.
  • a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238.
  • the polymerizable compounds are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, and LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • an acylphosphine compound for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton
  • the photopolymerization initiator includes trihalomethyltriazine compound, benzyldimethylketal compound, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, ⁇ -aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, oxime compound, and triarylimidazole.
  • a dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound are preferable, and an oxime compound and an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound are preferable. More preferably, it is a compound selected from an ⁇ -aminoketone compound and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of commercially available ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (all manufactured by BASF).
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (all manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068 A, the compounds described in JP 2006-342166 A, the compounds described in J. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminovtan-2-one, 2-acetoxyimiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • IRGACURE-OXE01 IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Joshu Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919.
  • Photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation can be used.
  • the oxime compound it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and being resistant to discoloration. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKUL'S NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, the compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471.
  • Compound (C-3) and the like are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, the compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471.
  • An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP2014-137466A. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKULS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples thereof include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, further preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Good sensitivity can be obtained by using such a photopolymerization initiator. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the colored photosensitive composition with time is improved. Can be done.
  • Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator include paragraphs of JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and JP-A-2016-532675. No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing particles such as a pigment in the colored photosensitive composition and for the use of a binder.
  • the resin mainly used for dispersing particles such as pigments is also called a dispersant.
  • such an application of the resin is an example, and it can be used for a purpose other than such an application.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 4000 or more, and even more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth)acrylic resin, ene/thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin. , Polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used.
  • a resin having an acid group as the resin.
  • the developability of the colored photosensitive composition can be improved.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used as, for example, an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 1 to 70 mol% of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 2 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably further has an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. According to this aspect, it is easy to form pixels having excellent moisture resistance.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. An allyl group and a (meth)acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group preferably contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain, and the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is contained in all repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it contains 5-80 mol%.
  • the upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 60 mol% or less, and more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 15 mol% or more.
  • the resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond group value of 0.5 to 3 mmol/g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2 mmol/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.9 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol/g or more.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of the resin is a numerical value representing the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group per 1 g of the solid content of the resin.
  • the colored photosensitive composition has an acid value of 10 to 100 mgKOH/g (preferably 20 to 80 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 50 mgKOH/g) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond group value of 1.0 to 2.0 mmol. It is particularly preferable to include /g (preferably 1.2 to 1.8 mmol/g) of resin (hereinafter, this resin is also referred to as resin X).
  • resin X preferably 1.2 to 1.8 mmol/g
  • the colored photosensitive composition contains the resin X, a development residue is suppressed, a surface roughness is small, and a pixel excellent in rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance is easily formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall.
  • the content of the resin X in the resin contained in the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1% by mass or more. Is more preferable.
  • the upper limit may be 100% by mass, 75% by mass or less, and 50% by mass or less.
  • the resin used in the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”). It is also preferable to include repeating units derived from the monomer component.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the resin preferably also contains a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may include a benzene ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
  • Examples of the resin having an acid group and/or an ethylenically unsaturated bond group include resins having the following structures.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may also contain a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups accounts for 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially an acid. A resin consisting only of groups is more preferable.
  • the acid group contained in the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin.
  • the graft resin include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom.
  • the resin to have is preferable.
  • the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity.
  • Examples of the polyimine-based dispersant include the resins described in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • a resin include dendrimers (including star polymers).
  • specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
  • the resin having an acid group (alkali-soluble resin) described above can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant is also available as a commercial product, and specific examples thereof include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111 and 161, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol (for example, Solsperse 36000). And so on. Further, the pigment dispersant described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the resin described as the dispersant can be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group in the total amount of the resin is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, further preferably 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass, or 90% by mass or less.
  • the colored photosensitive composition can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group.
  • the compound having an epoxy group include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferable. It is preferable to have 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy group may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the epoxy group is more preferably two or more.
  • the compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1000), or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is It may be any of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
  • EHPE3150 manufactured by Dicelle Co., Ltd.
  • EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Marproof G-0150M Marproof G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (these are NOF Corporation's epoxy group-containing polymers).
  • the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less and further preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the colored photosensitive composition can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group means a substituent which is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
  • the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group, and isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in JP-A 2009-288703, paragraphs 0018 to 0036, and the compounds described in JP-A 2009-242604, paragraphs 0056 to 0066. Are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 2% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the colored photosensitive composition preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the colored photosensitive composition.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like.
  • paragraph number 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvent examples include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-dimethylpropanamide and the like.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per milion) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent having a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • a curing accelerator may be added to the colored photosensitive composition for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound or lowering the curing temperature.
  • the curing accelerator is a methylol compound (for example, a compound exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph No. 0246 of JP-A-2005-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example, JP-A- Hardener described in paragraph No. 0186 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-041165), base generator (for example, ionic compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • JP-A-2015-034963 an alkoxysilane compound (for example, an alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in JP 2011-253054A), an onium salt compound (for example, JP-A No. 2015-034963).
  • the compounds exemplified as the acid generator in 0216, the compounds described in JP-A-2009-180949) and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, preferably 0.8 to 8.9% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition. ⁇ 6.4% by mass is more preferable.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • a polymerization inhibitor hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, ceric salt, etc.) can be mentioned. Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used.
  • paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant in the colored photosensitive composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the colored photosensitive composition.
  • fluorinated surfactant examples include the surfactants described in JP-A-2014-041318, paragraphs 0060 to 0064 (corresponding to WO 2014/017669, paragraphs 0060 to 0064), and JP-A-2011-2011. Examples thereof include the surfactants described in paragraph Nos. 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent No. 132503, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS.
  • fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
  • % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in its side chain can also be used.
  • fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965A, for example, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like.
  • fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2005-117327 can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the colored photosensitive composition can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used.
  • paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of the benzotriazole compound include MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil & Fats (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016).
  • the ultraviolet absorber the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the colored photosensitive composition can contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenol compounds include hindered phenol compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may include a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermal curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, a filler, a defoaming agent, a hardener, if necessary). It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 and subsequent paragraphs of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No.
  • the colored photosensitive composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and the compound is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst.
  • Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARCRUZ GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the composition for forming an organic layer preferably contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, preferably an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group may be a monomer or a resin such as a polymer.
  • a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable.
  • the organic layer forming composition can be more easily applied to the partition walls more uniformly. Therefore, the film-forming property of the composition for forming an organic substance layer can be improved. Furthermore, the adhesion between the organic material layer and the pixel can be enhanced, and better moisture resistance and temperature cycle resistance can be obtained.
  • the compound having a monomer type ethylenically unsaturated bond group is also referred to as a monomer A.
  • the resin type compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is also referred to as a resin A.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer A is preferably 100 to 3000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin A is preferably 5000 to 20000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 19000 or less, more preferably 18000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 8000 or more, and more preferably 10000 or more.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass based on the total mass of the composition for forming an organic material layer.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 0.9% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the total solid content of the composition for forming an organic material layer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • the content of the compound of resin A in the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100% by mass. It is more preferable that the resin A be substantially composed of only the resin A. According to this aspect, the film-forming property of the organic substance layer is good, and more excellent moisture resistance can be easily obtained.
  • the content of the resin A in the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is 99% by mass or more. It is more preferably 99.5% by mass or more, more preferably 99.9% by mass or more, and particularly preferably composed of only the resin A.
  • the monomer A is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705 A, paragraphs 0227 of JP 2013-029760 A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A, and JP 2013-253224 A may be mentioned.
  • Paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph numbers 0477 of JP 2012-208494 A, JP 2017-048367 A, JP 6057891 A, JP 6031807 A, and JP 2017-194662 A are described. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the monomer A the compound described in the section of the polymerizable compound of the colored photosensitive composition described above can also be used.
  • the resin A is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in its side chain, and more preferably a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • P 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and these and -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and -SO 2 -. There is a group formed by combining one of the above types.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group and an aryloxy group. Hydroxy groups are preferred.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • P 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  • a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable because the polymerization reactivity is high and more excellent moisture resistance can be easily obtained. preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 5 to 100 mol% of all the repeating units.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, further preferably 75 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 70 mol% or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of the resin A is preferably 0.5 to 3 mmol / g.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2 mmol/g or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.9 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol/g or more.
  • Resin A preferably further contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group. Only one type of acid group may be contained, or two or more types may be contained.
  • the proportion of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 1 to 50 mol% of all the repeating units constituting the polymer.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, still more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 35 mol% or less, further preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the acid value of the resin A is preferably 10 to 100 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 70 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the resin A further contains a repeating unit having an aryl group in the side chain.
  • the proportion of repeating units having an aryl group in the side chain is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of all the repeating units constituting the polymer.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 15 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 70 mol% or less, further preferably 60 mol% or less.
  • the resin A contains a repeating unit derived from the above-mentioned ether dimer.
  • resin A examples include a polymer having the following structure.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the resin A a commercially available product can be used.
  • Dianal NR series manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.
  • Photomer 6173 COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer.
  • Diamond Shamrock Co. manufactured by Ltd
  • Viscort R-264 manufactured by Ltd
  • KS resist 106 all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Cyclomer P series for example, ACA230AA
  • Praxel CF200 series all manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.
  • Ebeclyl3800 manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.
  • Acrycure RD-F8 manufactured by Nippon Catalyst Co., Ltd.
  • the composition for forming an organic material layer may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used. Of these, fluorine-based surfactants are preferable.
  • the details of the surfactant are the same as those described in the section of the surfactant of the colored photosensitive composition.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition for forming an organic substance layer.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.0005 mass% or more, more preferably 0.001 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the composition for forming the organic substance layer is preferably 0.01 to 2.0% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 1.0% by mass or less. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition for forming an organic substance layer preferably contains an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like.
  • the details of the organic solvent are the same as those described in the section of the organic solvent of the colored photosensitive composition.
  • the content of the organic solvent is preferably 99 to 99.99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition for forming the organic substance layer.
  • the lower limit is preferably 99.2% by mass or more, more preferably 99.4% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 99.95% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less.
  • the composition for forming an organic layer may further contain other additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerization inhibitor, but the content of these other additives is the total content of the composition for forming an organic substance. It is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably substantially absent from the solid content. When substantially no other additive is contained, the content of the other additive is preferably 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition for forming an organic substance layer. It is more preferably less than or equal to, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and particularly preferably not contained.
  • other additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerization inhibitor
  • the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above.
  • the color filter can be used in a solid-state imaging device such as CCD (charge coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
  • the method of manufacturing the solid-state image sensor of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state image sensor.
  • the method of manufacturing the image display device of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, “Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., published in 1994)”.
  • the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned “next-generation liquid crystal display technology”.
  • the acid value of the sample represents the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component per 1 g of solid content.
  • ⁇ Colored photosensitive composition> (Manufacturing of dispersion Green-1) C. I. 8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I. 6.5 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 150, 1.5 parts by mass of resin B-1, 4.5 parts by mass of resin B-4, and 79.5 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA).
  • PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • dispersion Green-3 (Manufacturing of dispersion Green-3) C. I. 8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (6.5 parts by mass), Resin B-4 (6 parts by mass), and PGMEA (79.5 parts by mass) using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours. After that, the dispersion treatment was further performed using a high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion liquid Green-3.
  • NANO-3000-10 manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.
  • dispersion Green-4 Manufacturing of dispersion Green-4.
  • C. I. Pigment Green 36 (9.5 parts by mass), Resin B-4 (6 parts by mass), and PGMEA (84.5 parts by mass) using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours.
  • the dispersion treatment was further performed using a high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion Green-4.
  • NANO-3000-10 manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.
  • Dispersion Blue-1 C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (10 parts by mass), C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (2.3 parts by mass), Resin B-1 (3 parts by mass), Resin B-6 (2 parts by mass) and PGMEA (82.7 parts by mass) in a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm). After mixing and dispersing for 3 hours using (diameter), further disperse at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism. Processing was performed. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain dispersion Blue-1.
  • Pigment derivative X-1 compound having the following structure
  • Dispersant B-6 Solsperse 36000 (manufactured by Lubrizol)
  • B-1 Resin B-1 described above
  • composition for forming organic layer As compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group, 12 parts by mass of Cyclomer P (manufactured by Daicel Ornex, solid content 54% by mass), 87.9 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0. A composition 1 for forming an organic layer was produced by mixing with 01 parts by mass.
  • Alkaline agent 1 Tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Alkaline agent 2 Diglycolamine
  • Alkaline agent 3 Diethanolamine
  • Chelating agent 1 ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • Chelating agent 2 ethylenediamine
  • Surfactant 1 BLAUNON EL-1515 (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., a compound having an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (repeating number of oxyethylene of 15))
  • Surfactant 3 WONDERSURF 140 (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms and polyoxyalkylene structure (mixed structure
  • Surfactant 8 FINESURF TDP-04K (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., a compound having an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (repeating number of oxypropylene 4), weight Average molecular weight (Mw) 430) Surfact
  • Examples 1 to 39, Comparative Examples 1 to 3 A silicon oxide layer was formed on a silicon wafer by a plasma CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method. Next, this silicon oxide layer was patterned by a dry etching method to form partition walls (width 100 nm, thickness 500 nm) made of silicon oxide in a grid pattern at intervals of 0.8 ⁇ m. The size of the opening of the partition wall on the silicon wafer (the area partitioned by the partition wall on the silicon wafer) was 0.8 ⁇ m in length and 0.8 ⁇ m in width. Next, the composition 1 for forming an organic layer is applied onto the silicon wafer on which the partition wall is formed by a spin coating method, then heated at 110° C.
  • the colored photosensitive composition described in the table below is applied onto the organic material layer of the silicon wafer on which the organic material layer is formed by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation is 0.6 ⁇ m, and then is applied. , Heated using a hot plate at 110° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an island pattern of 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • development processing was performed using a developing device (Act-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron).
  • the developing solution the developing solution shown in the following table was used, and paddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After that, rinsing is performed with a spin shower using pure water, further rinsed with pure water, and then heated at 220° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to form pixels in regions partitioned by partition walls. To produce the structure.
  • Example 40 A silicon oxide layer was formed on a silicon wafer by a plasma CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method. Next, this silicon oxide layer was patterned by a dry etching method to form partition walls (width 100 nm, thickness 500 nm) made of silicon oxide in a grid pattern at intervals of 0.8 ⁇ m. The size of the opening of the partition wall on the silicon wafer (the area partitioned by the partition wall on the silicon wafer) was 0.8 ⁇ m in length and 0.8 ⁇ m in width.
  • the colored photosensitive composition described in the table below is applied on a silicon wafer on which a partition wall is formed by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation is 0.6 ⁇ m, and then a hot plate is applied. Used to heat at 110° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an island pattern of 0.8 ⁇ m. Next, development processing was performed using a developing device (Act-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron). As the developing solution, the developing solution shown in the following table was used, and paddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds.
  • rinsing is performed with a spin shower using pure water, further washed with pure water, and then heated at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall.
  • the structure was manufactured.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the pixels of the obtained structure was measured using an atomic force microscope, Dimension FastScan AFM (manufactured by Bruker).
  • the evaluation criteria for surface roughness are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
  • C Surface roughness (Ra) is 5 nm or more and less than 7 nm
  • E Surface roughness (Ra) is 10 nm or more
  • the evaluation criteria of temperature cycle resistance are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem. A: No peeling was observed at 1500 cycles or more B: Peeling was observed at 1000 cycles or more and less than 1500 cycles C: Peeling was observed at 750 cycles or more and less than 1000 cycles D: Peeling was observed at 500 cycles or more and less than 750 cycles E: Peeling was observed in less than 500 cycles
  • the evaluation criteria for moisture resistance are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem. A: No peeling was observed after 1500 hours in the moisture resistance test B: No peeling was observed after 1000 hours in the moisture resistance test, but peeling was observed after 1500 hours C: No peeling was observed after 750 hours in the moisture resistance test, but peeling was observed after 1000 hours D: Peeling was not observed after 500 hours of humidity resistance test, but peeling was observed after 750 hours E: Peeling was observed after 500 hours of humidity resistance test
  • a focused ion beam (FIB) was used to prepare a cross-sectional sample of a portion in which pixels were embedded in a partition wall, and a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800H, Hitachi High
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • the cross-sectional shape of the pixel was observed by Technologies, and the taper angle of the pixel was measured, and the rectangularity was evaluated according to the following criteria. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
  • the taper angle of a pixel is an angle formed by a surface (side surface) of the pixel on the partition wall side and a silicon wafer (substrate surface).
  • the taper angle is 88 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less
  • the surface roughness, the temperature cycle resistance, the development residue and the rectangularity were all evaluated to be D or higher, which were good, and these characteristics could be arranged side by side.
  • the comparative example at least one of these characteristics was evaluated as E, and the performance was inferior. Regarding these evaluations, it is important that there is no evaluation of E in terms of performance balance.
  • Support 2 Partition 10: Colored photosensitive composition layer 11, 21, 31: Pixel

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

A structure production method including: coating a coloring photosensitive composition over a support provided with a plurality of regions divided by partition walls, to form a coloring photosensitive composition layer over the support including the interior of the regions divided by the partition walls; exposing the coloring photosensitive composition layer formed above the support to light in a patterned manner; and using a development solution to develop/eliminate the coloring photosensitive composition layer in the non-exposed portions, to form pixels in the interior of the regions divided by the partition walls. The development solution is formed from an alkali water solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelator. Also provided are a color filter production method, a solid state imaging element production method, and an image display device production method, which comprise the structure production method.

Description

構造体の製造方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子の製造方法および画像表示装置の製造方法Method of manufacturing structure, method of manufacturing color filter, method of manufacturing solid-state image sensor, and method of manufacturing image display device
 本発明は、隔壁で区画された領域内に画素が形成された構造体の製造方法に関する。また、本発明は、カラーフィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a structure in which pixels are formed in a region partitioned by a partition wall. The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。 In recent years, with the spread of digital cameras, camera-equipped mobile phones, etc., demand for solid-state image sensors such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. Color filters are used as key devices for displays and optical elements.
 カラーフィルタは、例えば、着色感光性組成物を用いて支持体上に着色感光性組成物層を形成し、着色感光性組成物層をパターン状に露光した後、現像液を用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層を現像除去して画素を形成して製造されている。現像液としては、特許文献1、2などに記載されているように、アルカリ剤とキレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液などが知られている(特許文献1、2参照)。 The color filter is formed, for example, by forming a colored photosensitive composition layer on a support using a colored photosensitive composition, exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer in a pattern, and then exposing the unexposed area with a developing solution. The colored photosensitive composition layer of No. 1 is developed and removed to form pixels. As the developing solution, as described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, an alkaline aqueous solution containing an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is known (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特開平03-198046号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 03-198046 特開2000-162785号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-162785
 露光および現像を行って画素を形成するにあたり、現像残渣が少ないこと、現像後の画素表面の表面粗さが小さいことが望まれている。 When forming pixels by exposure and development, it is desired that the amount of development residue is small and the surface roughness of the pixel surface after development is small.
 また、近年では、画素同士の間に隔壁を設けて画素を透過する光の集光性などを高めたり、隣接する画素との混色を防止するなどの試みが検討されている。隔壁間に画素を形成する場合、形成される画素の矩形性についてより高い水準が要求されている。 Also, in recent years, attempts are being considered to provide partition walls between pixels to improve the light-collecting properties of light that passes through the pixels, and to prevent color mixing with adjacent pixels. When forming pixels between the partition walls, a higher standard is required for the rectangularity of the formed pixels.
 また、近年では、固体撮像素子はより過酷な環境下での使用に供されることもある。それに伴い、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタについて、温度サイクル耐性について優れた特性を有するものが望まれている。ここで、「温度サイクル耐性」とは、支持体上に形成した画素が高温と低温が繰り返されるサイクルに供された時に、画素が示す支持体への密着性の高さのことである。 Also, in recent years, solid-state image sensors may be used in more harsh environments. Along with this, color filters used in solid-state image sensors are desired to have excellent temperature cycle resistance. Here, the “temperature cycle resistance” is the degree of adhesion of the pixel formed on the support to the support when the pixel is subjected to a cycle in which high temperature and low temperature are repeated.
 本発明者の検討によれば、従来より知られている現像液を用いて隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成したところ、これらの特性を高い水準で並立させることが困難であることが分かった。 According to the study of the present inventor, when pixels are formed in a region partitioned by a partition wall using a conventionally known developer, it is difficult to make these characteristics parallel at a high level. Do you get it.
 よって、本発明の目的は、現像残渣を抑制し、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性および温度サイクル耐性に優れた画素を、隔壁で区画された領域内に形成することができる構造体の製造方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子の製造方法および画像表示装置の製造方法を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a structure capable of forming a pixel that suppresses development residues, has a small surface roughness, and has excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance in a region partitioned by partition walls. A method of manufacturing a color filter, a method of manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and a method of manufacturing an image display device.
 本発明者が鋭意検討したところ、後述する方法によって上記の目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。
<1> 隔壁で区画された複数の領域が設けられた支持体上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して隔壁で区画された領域内を含む支持体上に着色感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
 支持体上に形成された着色感光性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、
 現像液を用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層を現像除去して隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成する工程と、
 を含む構造体の製造方法であって、
 現像液として、アルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いる、構造体の製造方法。
<2> 上記現像液は、アルカリ剤を0.10~0.18質量%含む、<1>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<3> 上記現像液は、キレート剤を0.01~0.20質量%含む、<1>または<2>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<4> 上記アルカリ剤は、有機塩基化合物である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<5> 上記現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含む、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<6> 上記界面活性剤は、ノニオン性界面活性剤である、<5>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<7> 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、炭素数10~20のアルキル基を有する化合物である、<6>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<8> 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、炭素数12~15のアルキル基を有する化合物である、<6>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<9> 上記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を含む化合物である、<6>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<10> 上記着色感光性組成物は、全固形分中に着色剤を30~70質量%含有する、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<11> 上記着色感光性組成物は、酸価が10~100mgKOH/gで、エチレン性不飽和結合基価が1.0~2.0mmol/gの樹脂を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<12> 上記着色感光性組成物は重合性基を6個以上含む重合性化合物を含む、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<13> 上記隔壁の表面に有機物層を形成した後、上記支持体上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して上記着色感光性組成物層を形成する、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法。
<14> エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を含む有機物層形成用組成物を用いて上記隔壁の表面に上記有機物層を形成する、<13>に記載の構造体の製造方法。
<15> <1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法を含むカラーフィルタの製造方法。
<16> <1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法を含む固体撮像素子の製造方法。
<17> <1>~<14>のいずれか1つに記載の構造体の製造方法を含む画像表示装置の製造方法。
As a result of diligent studies by the present inventor, it was found that the above object can be achieved by the method described later, and the present invention has been completed. Therefore, the present invention provides the following.
<1> A colored photosensitive composition is applied onto a support provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by partition walls to form a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support including the inside of the regions partitioned by partition walls. Process,
A step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer formed on the support in a pattern, and
A step of developing and removing the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion using a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall, and
A method of manufacturing a structure including:
A method for producing a structure, which uses an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent as a developing solution.
<2> The method for producing a structure according to <1>, wherein the developer contains 0.10 to 0.18% by mass of an alkaline agent.
<3> The method for producing a structure according to <1> or <2>, wherein the developer contains 0.01 to 0.20% by mass of a chelating agent.
<4> The method for producing a structure according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the alkaline agent is an organic base compound.
<5> The method for producing a structure according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the developer further contains a surfactant.
<6> The method for producing a structure according to <5>, wherein the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
<7> The method for producing a structure according to <6>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
<8> The method for producing a structure according to <6>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 12 to 15 carbon atoms.
<9> The method for producing a structure according to any one of <6> to <8>, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound containing a polyoxyalkylene structure.
<10> The method for producing a structure according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains 30 to 70% by mass of a colorant in the total solid content.
<11> The colored photosensitive composition contains a resin having an acid value of 10 to 100 mgKOH / g and an ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of 1.0 to 2.0 mmol / g, <1> to <10>. The method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of the above.
<12> The method for producing a structure according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains a polymerizable compound containing 6 or more polymerizable groups.
<13> Any of <1> to <12>, wherein the organic substance layer is formed on the surface of the partition wall, and then the colored photosensitive composition is applied onto the support to form the colored photosensitive composition layer. 1. The method for manufacturing a structure according to one.
<14> The method for producing a structure according to <13>, wherein the organic layer is formed on the surface of the partition wall using a composition for forming an organic layer containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
<15> A method for manufacturing a color filter, which comprises the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of <1> to <14>.
<16> A method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, which comprises the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of <1> to <14>.
<17> A method for manufacturing an image display device, which includes the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of <1> to <14>.
 本発明によれば、現像残渣を抑制し、かつ、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性および温度サイクル耐性に優れた画素を隔壁で区画された領域内に形成することができる構造体の製造方法、カラーフィルタの製造方法、固体撮像素子の製造方法および画像表示装置の製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a method for manufacturing a structure capable of suppressing development residues and forming a pixel having a small surface roughness and excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance in a region partitioned by partition walls, A method for manufacturing a color filter, a method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and a method for manufacturing an image display device can be provided.
支持体の真上方向からみた平面図である。It is the top view seen from the direction just above a support body. 図1のA-A線断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 着色感光性組成物層を形成した状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which formed the colored photosensitive composition layer. 隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成した状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which formed the pixel in the region partitioned by the partition wall. 隔壁で区画された領域内に各色の画素をそれぞれ形成した状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which each formed the pixel of each color in the area|region divided by the partition.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、(メタ)アリル基は、アリルおよびメタリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、赤外線とは、波長700~2500nmの光をいう。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は独立した工程だけを指すのではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below.
In the present specification, "-" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, the term “exposure” includes not only light exposure but also drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for the exposure include a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), active rays such as X rays and electron rays, or radiation.
In the present specification, a (meth)allyl group represents both allyl and methallyl, or "(meth)acrylate" represents both an acrylate and a methacrylate, or "(meth)""Acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacryl, or either, and "(meth) acryloyl" represents both acryloyl and methacrylol, or either.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene conversion values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method.
In the present specification, infrared rays mean light having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding the solvent from all components of the composition.
In the present specification, the term "process" does not only refer to an independent process, but even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, if the desired action of the process is achieved, the term is used. included.
<構造体の製造方法>
 本発明の構造体の製造方法は、
 隔壁で区画された複数の領域が設けられた支持体上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して隔壁で区画された領域内を含む支持体上に着色感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
 支持体上に形成された着色感光性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、
 現像液を用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層を現像除去して隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成する工程と、を含み、
 現像液として、アルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることを特徴とする。
<Manufacturing method of structure>
The method for producing the structure of the present invention
A step of applying a colored photosensitive composition on a support provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by a partition wall to form a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support including the region partitioned by the partition wall.
A step of patternwise exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer formed on the support,
A step of developing and removing the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion with a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall,
As a developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used.
 本発明によれば、アルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を現像液として用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層を現像除去することにより、現像残渣を抑制し、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性および温度サイクル耐性に優れた画素を、隔壁で区画された領域内に形成することができる。 According to the present invention, an unexposed portion of the colored photosensitive composition layer is developed and removed by using an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent as a developer. It is possible to form pixels having a small surface roughness, excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance, in a region partitioned by a partition wall, while suppressing development residue.
 本発明の構造体の製造方法では、支持体として、表面に隔壁を有し、支持体の表面が隔壁によって複数の領域に区画されているものが用いられる。まず、隔壁を有する支持体について、図面を用いて説明する。図1は支持体1の真上方向からみた平面図であり、図2は図1のA-A線断面図である。 In the method for manufacturing a structure of the present invention, a support having a partition wall on the surface and the surface of the support being partitioned into a plurality of regions by the partition wall is used. First, a support having a partition wall will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a plan view seen from directly above the support 1, and FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG.
 図1、2において、符号1は支持体である。支持体1の材料としては特に限定はない。用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板上には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下塗り層が設けられていてもよい。 1 and 2, reference numeral 1 is a support. The material of the support 1 is not particularly limited. It can be selected as appropriate according to the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, and the like can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film and the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, an undercoat layer may be provided on the silicon substrate in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate.
 図1、2に示されるように、支持体1上には隔壁2が設けられており、支持体1の表面が隔壁2によって複数の領域に区画されている。なお、前述の「領域」とは、支持体上の隔壁で囲まれた空間のことである。隔壁2は、支持体1上に直接接して設けられていてもよい。また、支持体1上に下塗り層が設けられている場合においては、下塗り層上に隔壁が設けられていてもよい。なお、図1、2では、支持体1上における隔壁2で囲まれた領域の形状(以下、隔壁の開口部の形状ともいう)は矩形状であるが、矩形状以外の形状であってもよい。例えば、円形状、楕円形状、5角形以上の多角形状等が挙げられる。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a partition wall 2 is provided on the support 1, and the surface of the support 1 is divided into a plurality of regions by the partition wall 2. The above-mentioned "region" is a space surrounded by a partition wall on the support. The partition wall 2 may be provided in direct contact with the support 1. When the undercoat layer is provided on the support 1, partition walls may be provided on the undercoat layer. 1 and 2, the shape of the region surrounded by the partition wall 2 on the support 1 (hereinafter, also referred to as the shape of the opening of the partition wall) has a rectangular shape, but may have a shape other than the rectangular shape. Good. For example, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a polygonal shape having a pentagon or more, and the like can be mentioned.
 隔壁2の材質としては、特に限定はない。例えば、シロキサン樹脂、フッ素樹脂などの有機材料や、シリカ粒子などの無機粒子が挙げられる。シリカ粒子としては、複数個の球状シリカ粒子が数珠状に連結されているものが好ましく用いられる。なお、本明細書において「球状」とは、実質的に球形であれば良く、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で、変形していてもよい意味である。例えば、表面に凹凸を有する形状や、所定の方向に長軸を有する扁平形状も含む意味である。また、「複数個の球状シリカ粒子が数珠状に連結されている」とは、複数個の球状シリカ粒子同士が直鎖状および/または分岐した形で繋がった構造を意味する。例えば、複数個の球状シリカ粒子同士が、これよりも外径の小さい接合部で連結された構造が挙げられる。また、本発明において、「複数個の球状シリカ粒子が数珠状に連結されている」構造としては、リング状につながった形態をなしている構造のみならず、末端を有する鎖状の形態をなしている構造も含まれる。また、隔壁2は、国際公開第2019/017280号に記載されたコロイダルシリカ粒子を含む組成物を用いて形成することもできる。 There is no particular limitation on the material of the partition wall 2. Examples thereof include organic materials such as siloxane resin and fluororesin, and inorganic particles such as silica particles. As the silica particles, those in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape are preferably used. In addition, in this specification, "spherical" means that it may be substantially spherical and may be deformed as long as the effect of the present invention is exhibited. For example, it is meant to include a shape having irregularities on the surface and a flat shape having a long axis in a predetermined direction. In addition, “a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape” means a structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a linear and/or branched form. For example, a structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected to each other at a joint having a smaller outer diameter can be mentioned. In addition, in the present invention, the structure in which a plurality of spherical silica particles are connected in a beaded shape is not only a structure in which they are connected in a ring shape but also a chain shape having an end. The structure is also included. The partition wall 2 can also be formed by using the composition containing colloidal silica particles described in International Publication No. 2019/017280.
 また、隔壁2は、タングステン、アルミニウムなどの金属で構成されていてもよい。また、金属とブラックマトリックスとの積層体であってもよい。積層体の場合、金属とブラックマトリックスとの積層順序は特に限定はない。 Further, the partition wall 2 may be made of a metal such as tungsten or aluminum. It may also be a laminate of a metal and a black matrix. In the case of a laminated body, the stacking order of the metal and the black matrix is not particularly limited.
 隔壁2の高さH1は、0.3~1.2μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.35μm以上であることが好ましく、0.4μm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、1.1μm以下であることが好ましく、1.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.8μm以下であることが更に好ましい。 The height H1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.3 to 1.2 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.35 μm or more, more preferably 0.4 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.1 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and further preferably 0.8 μm or less.
 隔壁2の幅W1は、0.05~0.2μmが好ましい。下限は、0.06μm以上であることが好ましく、0.08μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.10μm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、0.18μm以下であることが好ましく、0.15μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.12μm以下であることが更に好ましい。 The width W1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.05 to 0.2 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.06 μm or more, more preferably 0.08 μm or more, and further preferably 0.10 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 0.18 μm or less, more preferably 0.15 μm or less, and further preferably 0.12 μm or less.
 隔壁2の高さH1と幅W1の比(高さH1/幅W1)は、1.5~20.0であることが好ましい。下限は、1.8以上であることが好ましく、2.0以上であることがより好ましく、4.0以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、15.0以下であることが好ましく、10.0以下であることがより好ましく、8.0以下であることが更に好ましい。 The ratio of the height H1 and the width W1 of the partition wall 2 (height H1 / width W1) is preferably 1.5 to 20.0. The lower limit is preferably 1.8 or more, more preferably 2.0 or more, and even more preferably 4.0 or more. The upper limit is preferably 15.0 or less, more preferably 10.0 or less, and even more preferably 8.0 or less.
 隔壁2のピッチ幅P1は、0.5~2.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.6μm以上であることが好ましく、0.7μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.8μm以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、1.8μm以下であることが好ましく、1.4μm以下であることがより好ましく、1.2μm以下であることが更に好ましい。なお、隔壁2のピッチ幅P1とは、隣合う隔壁の配列ピッチのことである。ピッチ幅P1が短くなるほど画素サイズが小さくなる。形成される画素サイズが小さくなるほど、温度サイクル耐性が低下しやすい傾向にあるが、本発明によれば、形成される画素サイズが小さくても、優れた温度サイクル耐性を得ることができる。したがって、隔壁2のピッチ幅P1が狭く、形成される画素サイズが小さい場合において、本発明の効果が顕著に発揮される。 The pitch width P1 of the partition wall 2 is preferably 0.5 to 2.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 μm or more, more preferably 0.7 μm or more, and further preferably 0.8 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.8 μm or less, more preferably 1.4 μm or less, and even more preferably 1.2 μm or less. The pitch width P1 of the partition wall 2 is the arrangement pitch of adjacent partition walls. The pixel size becomes smaller as the pitch width P1 becomes shorter. The smaller the pixel size formed, the more the temperature cycle resistance tends to decrease. However, according to the present invention, excellent temperature cycle resistance can be obtained even if the formed pixel size is small. Therefore, when the pitch width P1 of the partition walls 2 is narrow and the formed pixel size is small, the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited.
 隔壁2の表面には有機物層が設けられていてもよい。有機物層は、有機物層形成用組成物を隔壁上に塗布および乾燥して形成することができる。有機物層はエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を含む有機物層形成用組成物を用いて形成された層であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、有機物層と画素との密着性を高めることができ、より良好な耐湿性や温度サイクル耐性が得られる。有機物層形成用組成物については後述する。 An organic substance layer may be provided on the surface of the partition wall 2. The organic material layer can be formed by applying and drying the composition for forming an organic material layer on the partition wall. The organic layer is preferably a layer formed by using a composition for forming an organic layer containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. According to this aspect, the adhesiveness between the organic material layer and the pixel can be enhanced, and better moisture resistance and temperature cycle resistance can be obtained. The composition for forming an organic layer will be described later.
 隔壁2は、従来公知の方法を用いて形成することができる。例えば、次のようにして隔壁2を形成することができる。まず、支持体上に隔壁材料層を形成する。隔壁材料層は、例えば、シリカ粒子などの無機粒子を含む組成物を支持体上に塗布した後、硬化などを行って製膜して隔壁材料層を形成することができる。このような組成物としては、国際公開第2015/190374号の段落番号0012~0133に記載された光学機能層形成用組成物などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、支持体上に、二酸化ケイ素などの無機材料を、化学蒸着(CVD)、真空蒸着などの蒸着法や、スパッタリングなどの方法で製膜して隔壁材料層を形成することができる。次いで、隔壁の形状に沿ったパターンを有するマスクを使用して隔壁材料層上にレジストパターンを形成する。次いで、このレジストパターンをマスクとして、隔壁材料層をエッチングしてパターンを形成する。エッチング方法としては、ドライエッチング法及びウエットエッチング法が挙げられる。ドライエッチング法でのエッチングは、特開2016-014856号公報の段落番号0114~0120、0129、0130に記載された条件などで行うことができる。次いで、レジストパターンを隔壁材料層から剥離除去する。このようにして隔壁2を形成することができる。 The partition wall 2 can be formed by using a conventionally known method. For example, the partition wall 2 can be formed as follows. First, a bulkhead material layer is formed on the support. The partition wall material layer can be formed by, for example, applying a composition containing inorganic particles such as silica particles on a support and then performing curing or the like to form a film, to form a partition wall material layer. Examples of such a composition include the compositions for forming an optical functional layer described in WO 2015/190374, paragraphs 0012 to 0133, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, an inorganic material such as silicon dioxide can be formed on the support by a vapor deposition method such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or vacuum vapor deposition, or a method such as sputtering to form a partition wall material layer. A resist pattern is then formed on the bulkhead material layer using a mask that has a pattern that follows the shape of the bulkhead. Next, using this resist pattern as a mask, the partition wall material layer is etched to form a pattern. Examples of the etching method include a dry etching method and a wet etching method. The etching by the dry etching method can be performed under the conditions described in paragraph numbers 0114 to 0120, 0129, and 0130 of JP-A-2016-014856. Next, the resist pattern is peeled and removed from the partition wall material layer. In this way, the partition wall 2 can be formed.
 本発明の構造体の製造方法では、図3に示すように、隔壁2で区画された複数の領域が設けられた支持体1上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して隔壁2で区画された領域内を含む支持体1上に着色感光性組成物層10を形成する。着色感光性組成物としては、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、樹脂とを含むものが好ましく用いられる。着色感光性組成物の種類としては、例えば、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、黄色画素、シアン色画素、マゼンタ色画素、透明画素、赤外線透過性画素及び遮光画素から選ばれる画素形成用の組成物が挙げられ、赤色画素、緑色画素および青色画素から選ばれる画素形成用の組成物が好ましい。着色感光性組成物の詳細については後述する。なお、本明細書において、着色感光性組成物における「着色」の概念には、「透明」が含まれる。 In the method for manufacturing a structure of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 3, the colored photosensitive composition is applied onto the support 1 provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by the partition walls 2 and partitioned by the partition walls 2. The colored photosensitive composition layer 10 is formed on the support 1 including the inside of the region. As the colored photosensitive composition, a composition containing a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin is preferably used. The type of colored photosensitive composition is, for example, a composition for forming pixels selected from red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, yellow pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, transparent pixels, infrared transmissive pixels, and light-shielding pixels. Examples thereof include, and a composition for forming a pixel selected from a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel is preferable. Details of the colored photosensitive composition will be described later. In addition, in this specification, "transparency" is included in the concept of "coloring" in a colored photosensitive composition.
 着色感光性組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、着色感光性組成物の塗布方法は、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号に記載された方法を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a method for applying the colored photosensitive composition, a known method can be used. For example, a dropping method (drop casting); a slit coating method; a spraying method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method (spin coating); a cast coating method; a slit and spin method; a pre-wet method (for example, JP 2009-145395A). The method described in the publication); inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing method, etc. Examples include various printing methods; transfer methods using molds and the like; nanoimprint methods. The method for applying the inkjet method is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in “Expanding and usable inkjet-infinite possibilities in patents”, published by Sumi Betechno Research, February 2005 (especially from page 115) (See page 133), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-126830, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-169325, and the like. Can be mentioned. As a method for applying the colored photosensitive composition, the methods described in International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 支持体1上に形成した着色感光性組成物層10は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored photosensitive composition layer 10 formed on the support 1 may be dried (prebaked). When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C. or higher, or 80 ° C. or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and further preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed on a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、支持体上に形成された着色感光性組成物層10をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色感光性組成物層10に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 formed on the support is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 can be exposed in a pattern by using a stepper exposure device, a scanner exposure device, or the like through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. As a result, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used at the time of exposure includes g rays, i rays, and the like. Further, light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) are preferable. Also, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can be used.
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to the operation in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially). It may be exposed to oxygen-free) or may be exposed to a high oxygen atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be set appropriately, and usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ). Can be done. Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
 次に、現像液を用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層10を現像除去して隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成する(現像工程)。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色感光性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。 Next, the colored photosensitive composition layer 10 in the unexposed portion is developed and removed using a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall (development step). As a result, the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed area in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured area.
 本発明では、現像液としてアルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いる。このような現像液を用いて現像することにより、現像残渣を抑制し、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性および温度サイクル耐性に優れた画素を、隔壁で区画された領域内に形成することができる。詳細な理由は不明であるが、アルカリ水溶液中のアルカリ剤の含有量を0.02~0.22質量%とし、さらに、キレート剤を更に含有させることにより、優れた現像性が得られ、現像残渣を抑制し、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性に優れた画素を形成できたと推測される。更には、現像時にキレート剤の一部が膜中に浸透することで温度サイクル試験時に膜に掛かる応力が緩和されると推測され、その結果、優れた温度サイクル耐性が得られたと推測される。また、キレート剤の含有量が0.01~0.20質量%である場合においては、上記特性に加え、更に、優れた耐湿性も得られる。詳細な理由は不明であるが、キレート剤の含有量が上記範囲であることにより、現像時にキレート剤の一部が膜中に浸透しても、膜中に浸透したキレート剤による水分の取り込みを抑制できたためであると推測される。 In the present invention, an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used as a developing solution. By developing using such a developing solution, a development residue can be suppressed, and a pixel having a small surface roughness and excellent rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance can be formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall. .. Although the detailed reason is not clear, when the content of the alkaline agent in the aqueous alkaline solution is 0.02 to 0.22% by mass and further the chelating agent is further contained, excellent developability is obtained, and development is improved. It is presumed that the residue was suppressed, the surface roughness was small, and a pixel having excellent rectangularity could be formed. Furthermore, it is presumed that the stress applied to the film during the temperature cycle test is relaxed because part of the chelating agent penetrates into the film during development, and as a result, it is presumed that excellent temperature cycle resistance was obtained. Further, when the content of the chelating agent is 0.01 to 0.20% by mass, in addition to the above characteristics, excellent moisture resistance can be obtained. Although the detailed reason is not clear, since the content of the chelating agent is in the above range, even if a part of the chelating agent penetrates into the film at the time of development, the chelating agent that has penetrated into the film can absorb water. It is presumed that this was because it could be suppressed.
 現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. After development, it is preferable to carry out additional exposure treatment and heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are post-development curing treatments to complete the curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is preferably 100 to 240° C., more preferably 200 to 240° C., for example. Post-baking can be performed on the developed film in a continuous or batch manner by using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high frequency heater so as to meet the above conditions. .. When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for the exposure is preferably light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Laid-Open No. 10-2017-0122130.
 このようにして、図4に示すように、隔壁で区画された領域内に画素11が形成される。なお、図4では、隔壁2の高さH1と、画素11の厚さH2はほぼ同一であるが、隔壁2の高さH1は、画素11の厚さH2よりも低くてもよく、高くてもよい。 In this way, as shown in FIG. 4, the pixel 11 is formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall. In FIG. 4, the height H1 of the partition wall 2 and the thickness H2 of the pixel 11 are substantially the same, but the height H1 of the partition wall 2 may be lower than the thickness H2 of the pixel 11 and may be higher. Good.
 2色目以降の画素についても上記の工程を繰り返し行うことで、図5に示すように、複数色の画素11、21、31をそれぞれ隔壁で区画された領域内に形成することができる。 By repeating the above steps for the pixels of the second and subsequent colors, as shown in FIG. 5, the pixels 11, 21, and 31 of a plurality of colors can be formed in the regions partitioned by the partition walls, respectively.
<現像液>
 次に、本発明で用いられる現像液について説明する。本発明では、現像液としてアルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いる。現像液のpHは10~14が好ましく、11~13.5がより好ましく、12~13が更に好ましい。
<Developer>
Next, the developing solution used in the present invention will be described. In the present invention, an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkaline agent and a chelating agent is used as a developing solution. The pH of the developer is preferably 10 to 14, more preferably 11 to 13.5, even more preferably 12 to 13.
<<アルカリ剤>>
 アルカリ剤としては、有機塩基化合物、無機塩基化合物が挙げられ、現像残渣の抑制の観点から有機塩基化合物であることが好ましい。また、有機塩基化合物としては、アンモニウム塩構造を有する有機塩基化合物が好ましく、テトラアルキルアンモニウム塩であることがより好ましく、テトラメチルアンモニウム塩であることが更に好ましい。
<<<Alkaline>>>
Examples of the alkaline agent include organic base compounds and inorganic base compounds, and organic base compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing development residues. Further, the organic base compound is preferably an organic base compound having an ammonium salt structure, more preferably a tetraalkylammonium salt, and further preferably a tetramethylammonium salt.
 有機塩基化合物の具体例としては、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどが挙げられる。アルカリ剤として用いられる無機塩基化合物の具体例としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of organic base compounds include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium. Hydroxydo, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene, etc. Is mentioned. Specific examples of the inorganic base compound used as the alkaline agent include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate and the like.
 アルカリ水溶液中のアルカリ剤の含有量は、0.02~0.22質量%であり、0.10~0.18質量%であることが好ましく、0.12~0.17質量%であることがより好ましく、0.13~0.16質量%であることが更に好ましい。アルカリ剤の含有量が0.02質量%以上であれば、未露光部の着色感光性組成物層への現像液のしみ込みが良好であり、現像残差の発生を抑制できる。また、アルカリ剤の含有量が0.22質量%以下であれば、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性、温度サイクル耐性および耐湿性に優れた画素を形成しやすい。 The content of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is 0.02 to 0.22% by mass, preferably 0.10 to 0.18% by mass, and 0.12 to 0.17% by mass. Is more preferable, and 0.13 to 0.16 mass% is even more preferable. When the content of the alkaline agent is 0.02% by mass or more, the developing solution penetrates into the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion is good, and the generation of development residuals can be suppressed. Further, when the content of the alkaline agent is 0.22% by mass or less, the surface roughness is small, and it is easy to form pixels having excellent rectangularity, temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance.
<<キレート剤>>
 現像液として用いられるアルカリ水溶液はキレート剤を含む。本明細書において、キレート剤とは、金属イオンと配位結合して錯体を形成する化合物(配位子)のことをいう。
<<Chelating agent>>
The alkaline aqueous solution used as the developer contains a chelating agent. In the present specification, the chelating agent refers to a compound (ligand) that forms a complex by coordinating with a metal ion.
 キレート剤は、2座以上の多座配位子であることが好ましく、2~6座の多座配位子であることがより好ましく、2~4座の多座配位子であることが更に好ましい。 The chelating agent is preferably a polydentate ligand of 2 or more loci, more preferably a polydentate ligand of 2 to 6 loci, and a polydentate ligand of 2 to 4 locus. More preferable.
 キレート剤は、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、スルホ基およびリン酸基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、アルカリ剤との相互作用が得られやすいという理由から、アミノ基を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、アミノ基とカルボキシル基とを有する化合物であることが更に好ましい(以下、アミノ基とカルボシキル基とを有する化合物をアミノカルボン酸化合物ともいう)。 The chelating agent is preferably a compound having at least one kind of group selected from an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group, and an amino group is preferable because the interaction with an alkaline agent is easily obtained. A compound having an amino group and a carboxyl group is more preferable (hereinafter, a compound having an amino group and a carboxyl group is also referred to as an aminocarboxylic acid compound).
 アミノカルボン酸化合物は、2~4個のアミノ基と、2~8個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物であることが好ましい。アミノ基の数は、2~3個が好ましく、2個がより好ましい。カルボキシル基の数は2~8個が好ましく、2~4個がより好ましい。 The aminocarboxylic acid compound is preferably a compound having 2 to 4 amino groups and 2 to 8 carboxyl groups. The number of amino groups is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 2. The number of carboxyl groups is preferably 2 to 8, and more preferably 2 to 4.
 キレート剤の具体例としては、エチレンジアミン、プロピレンジアミンなどのポリアミン化合物;ブチレンジアミン四酢酸、ジエチレントリアミン五酢酸(DTPA)、エチレンジアミンテトラプロピオン酸、トリエチレンテトラミン六酢酸、1,3-ジアミノ-2-ヒドロキシプロパン-N,N,N’,N’-四酢酸、プロピレンジアミン四酢酸、エチレンジアミン四酢酸(EDTA)、トランス-1,2-ジアミノシクロヘキサン四酢酸、エチレンジアミン二酢酸、エチレンジアミンジプロピオン酸、1,6-ヘキサメチレン-ジアミン-N,N,N’,N’-四酢酸、N,N-ビス(2-ヒドロキシベンジル)エチレンジアミン-N,N-二酢酸、ジアミノプロパン四酢酸、1,4,7,10-テトラアザシクロドデカン-四酢酸、ジアミノプロパノール四酢酸、及び(ヒドロキシエチル)エチレンジアミン三酢酸等のアミノカルボン酸化合物等が挙げられる。なかでも、温度サイクル耐性および耐湿性の観点からエチレンジアミン四酢酸(EDTA)およびエチレンジアミンが好ましく、さらに、上記特性に加えてパターン形状の観点からエチレンジアミン四酢酸(EDTA)がより好ましい。 Specific examples of the chelating agent include polyamine compounds such as ethylenediamine and propylenediamine; butylenediaminetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid (DTPA), ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid, triethylenetetraminehexacetic acid, and 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane. -N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid, propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexanetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, ethylenediaminedipropionic acid, 1,6- Hexamethylene-diamine-N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid, N,N-bis(2-hydroxybenzyl)ethylenediamine-N,N-diacetic acid, diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, 1,4,7,10 -Tetraazacyclododecane-Aminocarboxylic acid compounds such as tetraacetic acid, diaminopropanol tetraacetic acid, and (hydroxyethyl) ethylenediaminetriacetic acid can be mentioned. Among them, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and ethylenediamine are preferable from the viewpoint of temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance, and further, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the pattern shape in addition to the above characteristics.
 アルカリ水溶液中のキレート剤の含有量は、0.01~0.20質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~0.10質量%であることがより好ましく、0.04~0.10質量%であることが更に好ましい。キレート剤の含有量が上記範囲であれば、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。
 また、キレート剤の含有量は、アルカリ剤100質量部に対して5~130質量部であることが好ましく、10~100質量部であることがより好ましく、30~70質量部であることが更に好ましい。キレート剤とアルカリ剤との割合が上記範囲であれば、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。詳細な理由は不明であるが、キレート剤とアルカリ剤との割合が上記範囲であることにより、キレート剤が着色感光性組成物層への適度に浸透させることができるためであると推測される。
The content of the chelating agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.01 to 0.20% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 0.10% by mass, and 0.04 to 0.10% by mass. It is more preferably%. When the content of the chelating agent is in the above range, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
The content of the chelating agent is preferably 5 to 130 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, and further preferably 30 to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the alkaline agent. preferable. When the ratio of the chelating agent to the alkaline agent is within the above range, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. The detailed reason is unknown, but it is presumed that the ratio of the chelating agent to the alkaline agent is within the above range, so that the chelating agent can appropriately penetrate into the colored photosensitive composition layer. ..
<<界面活性剤>>
 現像液として用いられるアルカリ水溶液は、更に界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤を含有させることで、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制できる。更には、温度サイクル耐性も向上できる。
<< Surfactant >>
The alkaline aqueous solution used as the developing solution preferably further contains a surfactant. By containing a surfactant, generation of development residues can be suppressed more effectively. Furthermore, the temperature cycle resistance can be improved.
 界面活性剤としては、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤が挙げられ、現像液の着色感光性組成物層への浸透性の観点からノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。 Examples of the surfactant include a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, and an anionic surfactant, and the nonionic surfactant is preferable from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developing solution into the colored photosensitive composition layer. ..
 ノニオン性界面活性剤は、炭素数1~30のアルキル基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、炭素数5~30のアルキル基を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、炭素数5~20のアルキル基を有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、より優れた耐湿性が得られやすいという理由から、炭素数10~20のアルキル基を有する化合物であることがより一層好ましく、炭素数12~15のアルキル基を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。 The nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a compound having an alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms is even more preferable, because an excellent moisture resistance is easily obtained. It is particularly preferable that the compound has.
 また、ノニオン性界面活性剤は、現像残渣をより効果的に抑制しやすいという理由から、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を含む化合物であるも好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造を構成するオキシアルキレンとしては炭素数2~6のオキシアルキレンが好ましく、炭素数2~4のオキシアルキレンがより好ましく、オキシエチレン及びオキシプロピレンが更に好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造におけるオキシアルキレンの繰返し数は2~40が好ましく、5~30がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましい。 Further, the nonionic surfactant is preferably a compound containing a polyoxyalkylene structure because it is easy to suppress the development residue more effectively. As the oxyalkylene constituting the polyoxyalkylene structure, oxyalkylene having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, oxyalkylene having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and oxyethylene and oxypropylene are even more preferable. The number of repetitions of oxyalkylene in the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
 ポリオキシアルキレン構造は、ポリオキシエチレン構造、ポリオキシプロピレン構造、ポリオキシブチレン構造、またはこれらの混合構造が好ましく、ポリオキシエチレン構造、ポリオキシプロピレン構造またはこれらの混合構造がより好ましく、ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造が更に好ましい。また、ポリオキシアルキレン構造が、ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造の場合、ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との質量比は、ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=100:1~1000であることが好ましく、100:10~100であることがより好ましく、100:10~50であることが更に好ましく、100:20~30であることが特に好ましい。 The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure, a polyoxypropylene structure, a polyoxybutylene structure, or a mixed structure thereof, more preferably a polyoxyethylene structure, a polyoxypropylene structure, or a mixed structure thereof, and polyoxyethylene. A mixed structure of a structure and a polyoxypropylene structure is more preferable. When the polyoxyalkylene structure is a mixed structure of a polyoxyethylene structure and a polyoxypropylene structure, the mass ratio of the polyoxyethylene structure and the polyoxypropylene structure is as follows: polyoxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=100 It is preferably from 1 to 1000, more preferably from 100:10 to 100, even more preferably from 100:10 to 50, particularly preferably from 100:20 to 30.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤の分子量は500~3000が好ましい。上限は現像液の着色感光性組成物層への浸透性の観点から2000以下が好ましく、1000以下がより好ましい。下限は、耐湿性の観点から600以上が好ましく、700以上がより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 500 to 3000. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, from the viewpoint of the permeability of the developing solution into the colored photosensitive composition layer. The lower limit is preferably 600 or more, more preferably 700 or more, from the viewpoint of moisture resistance.
 現像液に用いられるノニオン性界面活性剤は、フッ素原子およびケイ素原子を含まない化合物であることが好ましい。 The nonionic surfactant used in the developing solution is preferably a compound that does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms.
 現像液に用いられるノニオン性界面活性剤としては、式(W1)または式(W2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(W1)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
 RW1-(ORW2-RW3   ・・・(W1)
 RW1-Ph-(ORW2-RW3   ・・・(W2)
The nonionic surfactant used in the developer is preferably a compound represented by formula (W1) or formula (W2), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (W1).
R W1- (OR W2 ) m- R W3 ...(W1)
R W1 -Ph- (OR W2 ) m -R W3 ... (W2)
 式(W1)および式(W2)中、RW1は、炭素数1~30のアルキル基を表す。アルキル基の炭素数は、5~30が好ましく、5~20がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましく、12~15が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In formulas (W1) and (W2), RW1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has 5 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, further preferably has 10 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably has 12 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group.
 式(W2)中、Phは、フェニレン基を表す。 In the formula (W2), Ph represents a phenylene group.
 式(W1)および式(W2)中、RW2はアルキレン基を表す。アルキレン基の炭素数は2~6が好ましく、炭素数2~4がより好ましく、2または3が更に好ましい。式(W1)および式(W2)において、m個のRW2は同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。なかでも、m個のRW2のうち少なくとも1個はエチレン基で、残りはプロピレン基であることが好ましい。
アルキレン基を表す。
In formula (W1) and formula (W2), R W2 represents an alkylene group. The alkylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms. In the formula (W1) and the formula (W2), m RW2s may be the same or different. Of the m RW2s , at least one is preferably an ethylene group and the rest is preferably a propylene group.
Represents an alkylene group.
 式(W1)および式(W2)中、mは2以上の整数を表し、2~40が好ましく、5~30がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましい。 In the formula (W1) and the formula (W2), m represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
 式(W1)および式(W2)中、RW3は、水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基などが挙げられる。 In formula (W1) and formula (W2), R W3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkyl group.
 式(W1)で表される化合物は、式(W1-1)~(W1-3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、(W1-3)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
 RW1-(OCm1-RW3   ・・・(W1-1)
 RW1-(OCm1-RW3   ・・・(W1-2)
 RW1-(OCm2(OCm3-RW3   ・・・(W1-3)
The compound represented by formula (W1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (W1-1) to (W1-3), and more preferably a compound represented by (W1-3). ..
R W1 - (OC 2 H 5 ) m1 -R W3 ··· (W1-1)
R W1 - (OC 3 H 7 ) m1 -R W3 ··· (W1-2)
R W1 - (OC 2 H 5 ) m2 (OC 3 H 7) m3 -R W3 ··· (W1-3)
 式中、RW1は、炭素数1~30のアルキル基を表し、RW3は、水素原子または置換基を表し、m1は2以上の整数を表し、m2は1以上の整数を表し、m3は1以上の整数を表す。m1は、2~40が好ましく、5~30がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましい。m2およびm3は、それぞれ独立して1~39が好ましく、5~30がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましい。また、m2とm3の合計は、2~40が好ましく、5~30がより好ましく、10~20が更に好ましい。 Wherein, R W1 represents an alkyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R W3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, m1 represents an integer of 2 or more, m2 represents an integer of 1 or more, m3 is Represents an integer greater than or equal to 1. m1 is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20. M2 and m3 are independently preferably 1 to 39, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20. The sum of m2 and m3 is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 5 to 30, and even more preferably 10 to 20.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤の具体例としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオールエトキシレート、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)、BLAUNON EL-1515、WONDERSURF NDR-1400、WONDERSURF 140、WONDERSURF S-1400、WONDERSURF SA-30/70 2000R、WONDERSURF NPP-0802R、FINESURF TDE1055、FINESURF TDP-04K(青木油脂工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and polyoxyethylene. Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5- Decin-4,7-diol ethoxylate, NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto oil and fat) ORFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nisshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BLAUNON EL-1515, WONDERSURF NDR-1400, WONDERSURF 140, WONDERSURF S-1400, WONDERSURF SA-30/ 70 2000R, WONDERSURF NPP-0802R, FINESURF TDE1055, FINESURF TDP-04K (manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 アルカリ水溶液中の界面活性剤の含有量は、0.03~0.25質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~0.20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.10~0.15質量%であることが更に好ましい。キレート剤の含有量が上記範囲であれば、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制できる。 The content of the surfactant in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.03 to 0.25% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.20% by mass, and 0.10 to 0.15. It is more preferably by mass%. When the content of the chelating agent is within the above range, the generation of development residue can be suppressed more effectively.
<着色感光性組成物>
 次に、本発明の構造体の製造方法に用いられる着色感光性組成物について説明する。着色感光性組成物は、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、黄色画素、シアン色画素、マゼンタ色画素、透明画素、赤外線透過性画素及び遮光画素から選ばれる画素形成用の組成物が挙げられ、赤色画素、緑色画素および青色画素から選ばれる画素形成用の組成物が好ましい。
<Colored photosensitive composition>
Next, the colored photosensitive composition used in the method for producing the structure of the present invention will be described. The colored photosensitive composition, a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a yellow pixel, a cyan pixel, a magenta color pixel, a transparent pixel, a composition for pixel formation selected from infrared-transmissive pixels and light-shielding pixels, Pixel-forming compositions selected from red, green and blue pixels are preferred.
<<着色剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は着色剤を含有することが好ましい。着色剤としては、赤色着色剤、緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などの有彩色着色剤が挙げられる。着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。また、顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよい。また、顔料には、無機顔料または有機-無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機-無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。
<< colorant >>
The colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a colorant. Examples of the colorant include chromatic colorants such as a red colorant, a green colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant and an orange colorant. The colorant may be a pigment or a dye. You may use together a pigment and a dye. Further, the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. Further, as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of the organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can be used. By substituting an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment with an organic chromophore, hue design can be facilitated.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、着色感光性組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当直径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, still more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is in the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the colored photosensitive composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle-equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is an arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without aggregation.
 着色剤は、顔料を含むものであることが好ましい。着色剤中における顔料の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。顔料としては以下に示すものが挙げられる。 The colorant preferably contains a pigment. The content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, and preferably 90% by mass or more. Particularly preferred. Examples of the pigment include those shown below.
 カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,231,232(メチン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34, 35,35: 1,36,36: 1,37,37: 1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 231, 232 (methine series), etc. (above, yellow pigment),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17: 1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73, etc. (The above is orange pigment),
C. I. Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4. 49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184. 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, 294 (xanthene series , Organo Ultramarine, Blue Red) and the like (above, red pigment),
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63 etc. (above, green pigment),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (above, purple pigment),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo system), 88 (methine) and the like (above, blue pigment).
 また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a green pigment, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12 and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5. Can also be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. Further, as the green pigment, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester described in International Publication No. 2012/10395 as a ligand, and the like can also be used.
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Also, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP2012-247591A and paragraph numbers 0047 of JP2011-157478A.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載されている顔料、特開2017-197719号公報に記載されている顔料、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載されている顔料、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載されている顔料、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載されている顔料、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載されている顔料を用いることもできる。 Further, as the yellow pigment, the pigment described in JP-A-2017-201003, the pigment described in JP-A-2017-197719, and paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062, 0137-in JP-A-2017-171912. Pigments described in 0276, pigments described in JP-A-2017-171913, paragraphs 0010 to 0062, 0138-0295, paragraphs 0011 to 0062, 0139-0190 of JP-A-2017-171914. The pigments described, the pigments described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-2017-171915 can also be used.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2018-062644号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。この化合物は顔料誘導体としても使用可能である。 Further, as the yellow pigment, the compound described in JP-A-2018-062644 can also be used. This compound can also be used as a pigment derivative.
 赤色顔料として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つ臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色顔料として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As the red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-2013384, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838. The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 102399, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in WO2012 / 117965, the naphtholazo compound described in JP2012-229344 can also be used. it can. Further, as the red pigment, it is also possible to use a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring is introduced is bound to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. it can.
 着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。また、特開2012-158649号公報に記載のチアゾール化合物、特開2011-184493号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2011-145540号公報に記載のアゾ化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、黄色染料として、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Dyes can also be used as colorants. The dye is not particularly limited, and a known dye can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonor series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series Examples thereof include phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes. Further, the thiazole compound described in JP 2012-158649 A, the azo compound described in JP 2011-18449 A, and the azo compound described in JP 2011-145540 A can also be preferably used. Further, as the yellow dye, the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP2013-054339A, the quinophthalone compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP2014-026228, and the like can also be used.
 着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 ▽Dye multimers can also be used as the coloring agent. The dye multimer is preferably a dye that is used by dissolving it in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is a particle, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in the particle state can be obtained by, for example, emulsion polymerization, and specific examples thereof include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may have the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, International Publication No. 2016/031442, and the like. Compounds can also be used.
 また、着色剤として、国際公開第2012/128233号に記載されている縮環型キノフタロン化合物、国際公開第2011/037195号に記載されている着色剤を用いることもできる。 Further, as the colorant, a condensed ring quinophthalone compound described in International Publication No. 2012/128233 and a colorant described in International Publication No. 2011/037195 can also be used.
 着色剤の含有量は、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中30~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は35質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は60質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the colorant is preferably 30 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition. The lower limit is preferably 35% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 着色感光性組成物は顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体としては、発色団の一部分を、酸基、塩基性基またはフタルイミドメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体を構成する発色団としては、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、フタロシアニン骨格、アンスラキノン骨格、キナクリドン骨格、ジオキサジン骨格、ペリノン骨格、ペリレン骨格、チオインジゴ骨格、イソインドリン骨格、イソインドリノン骨格、キノフタロン骨格、スレン骨格、金属錯体系骨格等が挙げられ、キノリン骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン骨格、ジケトピロロピロール骨格、アゾ骨格、キノフタロン骨格、イソインドリン骨格およびフタロシアニン骨格が好ましく、アゾ骨格およびベンゾイミダゾロン骨格がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する酸基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基が好ましく、スルホ基がより好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基が好ましく、三級アミノ基がより好ましい。
<<Pigment derivative>>
The colored photosensitive composition may contain a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which a part of the chromophore is substituted with an acid group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group. The chromophore constituting the pigment derivative, quinoline skeleton, benzimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, phthalocyanine skeleton, anthraquinone skeleton, quinacridone skeleton, dioxazine skeleton, perinone skeleton, perylene skeleton, thioindigo skeleton, iso Examples include indoline skeleton, isoindolinone skeleton, quinophthalone skeleton, slene skeleton, metal complex skeleton, quinoline skeleton, benzimidazolone skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, azo skeleton, quinophthalone skeleton, isoindoline skeleton and phthalocyanine skeleton. An azo skeleton and a benzimidazolone skeleton are more preferable. The acid group contained in the pigment derivative is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxyl group, more preferably a sulfo group. As the basic group contained in the pigment derivative, an amino group is preferable, and a tertiary amino group is more preferable.
 顔料誘導体としては、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can be used. The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 ~ 700 nm of the transparent pigment derivative (.epsilon.max) is that it is preferable, 1000L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is not more than 3000L · mol -1 · cm -1 Is more preferable, and 100 L · mol -1 · cm -1 or less is further preferable. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more, and may be 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183に記載された化合物、特開2003-081972号公報に記載された化合物、特許第5299151号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the compounds described in paragraphs Nos. 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065 A, the compounds described in JP 2003-081972 A, and the compounds described in JP 5299151 A. Is mentioned.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましく、3~20質量部が更に好ましい。また、顔料誘導体と着色剤との合計の含有量は、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中25質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましく、40質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、65質量%以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and further preferably 40% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition. .. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one kind of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
<<重合性化合物>>
 着色感光性組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<< Polymerizable compound >>
The colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~3000が好ましい。上限は、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, or an oligomer, but a monomer is preferable. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物は、重合性基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、重合性基を4個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましく、重合性基を5個以上含む化合物であることが更に好ましく、形成される画素の温度サイクル耐性や耐湿性をより向上させやすいという理由から、重合性基を6個以上含む化合物であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物として重合性基を6個以上含む化合物を用いた場合は、露光時の硬化性が良好で、露光部の膜の架橋密度をより高めることができるので、露光部の膜中への現像液のしみ込みを適度に抑制でき、支持体や隔壁へしっかりと密着した画素を形成できると推測される。その結果、形成される画素の温度サイクル耐性や耐湿性をより向上させることができると推測される。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more polymerizable groups, more preferably a compound containing 4 or more polymerizable groups, and further preferably a compound containing 5 or more polymerizable groups. It is particularly preferable that the compound contains 6 or more polymerizable groups because it is easy to further improve the temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance of the formed pixels. When a compound containing 6 or more polymerizable groups is used as the polymerizable compound, the curability at the time of exposure is good and the crosslink density of the film in the exposed area can be further increased. It is presumed that the permeation of the developing solution can be appropriately suppressed, and the pixel firmly adhered to the support or the partition can be formed. As a result, it is presumed that the temperature cycle resistance and moisture resistance of the formed pixel can be further improved.
 重合性化合物に含まれる重合性基の数の上限は、15個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物が有する重合性基の種類としては、エチレン性不飽和結合基であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、アリル基および(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。 The upper limit of the number of polymerizable groups contained in the polymerizable compound is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. The type of the polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable compound is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, preferably an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
 重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、4~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましく、5~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に好ましく、6~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより一層好ましく、6~10官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に一層好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 4- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 5- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound. More preferably, a 6 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound is even more preferable, a 6 to 10 functional (meth)acrylate compound is even more preferable, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate. Particularly preferred is a compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include paragraph numbers 0905 to 0108 of JP2009-288705A, paragraph 0227 of JP2013-209760A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP2008-292970, and JP-A-2008-292970. Paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-253224, Paragraph Nos. 0477 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent No. 6031807, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-194662 Examples include the compounds described in the publication, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)を用いることができる。 As polymerizable compounds, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) NK ester A-DPH-12E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol residues. Compounds (eg, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartmer) can be used.
 また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 As polymerizable compounds, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester A) -TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) , NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. You can also.
 また、重合性化合物として、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシ変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることもできる。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Further, as the polymerizable compound, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethyleneoxy modified tri(meth)acrylate. , Pentaerythritol Tri (meth) acrylate and other trifunctional (meth) acrylate compounds can also be used. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 重合性化合物としては、酸基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いることで、現像時に未露光部の着色感光性組成物層が除去されやすく、現像残渣の発生をより効果的に抑制できる。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。酸基を有する重合性化合物の好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、より好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像液に対する溶解性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed more effectively. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). The preferable acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility in the developing solution is good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling.
 重合性化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Polymerizable compounds having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.
 重合性化合物としては、アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物は、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物がより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物がさらに好ましい。アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、イソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. The polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethyleneoxy group, and a trifunctional compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. The above (meth) acrylate compound is more preferable. Commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and a trifunctional (meth) having three isobutyleneoxy groups. Examples thereof include KAYARAD TPA-330, which is an acrylate.
 重合性化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available products of the polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., a (meth) acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 重合性化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain an environmentally regulated substance such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-0371993, JP-A-02-032293, and JP-A-02-016765. Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable. Further, it is also preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238. The polymerizable compounds are UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, and LINK-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。重合性化合物は、1種単独であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 40% by mass or less. The polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<< Photopolymerization Initiator >>
The colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a compound having a triazine skeleton, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton), an acylphosphine compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole, an oxime compound, an organic peroxide, a thio compound , Ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator includes trihalomethyltriazine compound, benzyldimethylketal compound, α-hydroxyketone compound, α-aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, oxime compound, and triarylimidazole. A dimer, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound are preferable, and an oxime compound and an α-hydroxyketone compound are preferable. More preferably, it is a compound selected from an α-aminoketone compound and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173 and JP-A-6301489, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379、及び、IRGACURE-379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (all manufactured by BASF). Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (all manufactured by BASF). Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (all manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068 A, the compounds described in JP 2006-342166 A, the compounds described in J. C. S. The compound according to Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), J. Mol. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2004-534977, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, Patent No. 6065596, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/164127. Examples thereof include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0038 of the issue. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminovtan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminovtan-2-one, 2-acetoxyimiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy Examples thereof include imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one. Commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Joshu Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA PTOMER N-1919. (Photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be used. As the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and being resistant to discoloration. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKUL'S NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤として、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466.
 また、光重合開始剤として、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤として、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom are described in the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, the compounds 24, 36-40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. Compound (C-3) and the like.
 光重合開始剤として、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as a photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP2013-114249A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP2014-137466A. Examples thereof include the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKULS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤として、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されるOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples thereof include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
 オキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the oxime compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, further preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable to have. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤として、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光重合開始剤を用いることにより、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色感光性組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0412~0417、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator may be used. Good sensitivity can be obtained by using such a photopolymerization initiator. Further, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation is less likely to occur with time, and the stability of the colored photosensitive composition with time is improved. Can be done. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photopolymerization initiator include paragraphs of JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and JP-A-2016-532675. No. 0412-0417, dimer of oxime compound described in WO2017/033680, paragraphs 0039-0055, compound (E) and compound (G) described in JP-A-2013-522445. ), Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, Oxime Esters Photoinitiator described in paragraph No. 0007 of JP-A-2017-523465, paragraph of JP-A-2017-167399. Examples thereof include the photoinitiator described in Nos. 0020 to 0033 and the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342.
 着色感光性組成物の全固形分中の光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<<樹脂>>
 着色感光性組成物は、樹脂を含有することが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などの粒子を着色感光性組成物中で分散させる用途やバインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などの粒子を分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外の目的で使用することもできる。
<< Resin >>
The colored photosensitive composition preferably contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing particles such as a pigment in the colored photosensitive composition and for the use of a binder. The resin mainly used for dispersing particles such as pigments is also called a dispersant. However, such an application of the resin is an example, and it can be used for a purpose other than such an application.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下がより好ましく、500000以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、4000以上がより好ましく、5000以上がさらに好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3000 to 2000000. The upper limit is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, still more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 4000 or more, and even more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。また、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載の樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載の樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載の樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載の樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of the resin include (meth)acrylic resin, ene/thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin. , Polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed and used. Further, the resins described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP2017-206689A, the resins described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of JP2018-010856A, the resins described in JP2017-057265A, The resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, the resin described in JP-A-2017-075248, and the resin described in JP-A-2017-066240 can also be used.
 本発明において、樹脂として酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。この態様によれば、着色感光性組成物の現像性を向上させることができる。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. According to this aspect, the developability of the colored photosensitive composition can be improved. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, a phenolic hydroxy group and the like, and a carboxyl group is preferable. The resin having an acid group can be used as, for example, an alkali-soluble resin.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中1~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましい。側鎖に酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、2モル%以上であることが好ましく、5モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain, and more preferably contains 1 to 70 mol% of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain in all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 2 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、5mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、10mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、更にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有することが好ましい。この態様によれば、耐湿性に優れた画素を形成しやすい。エチレン性不飽和結合基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、アリル基および(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably further has an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. According to this aspect, it is easy to form pixels having excellent moisture resistance. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. An allyl group and a (meth)acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する樹脂は、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~80モル%含むことがより好ましい。側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、60モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましい。側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、15モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group preferably contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain, and the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is contained in all repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it contains 5-80 mol%. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 60 mol% or less, and more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 15 mol% or more.
 樹脂のエチレン性不飽和結合基価は、0.5~3mmol/gであることが好ましい。上限は、2.5mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、2mmol/g以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、0.9mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、1.0mmol/g以上であることがより好ましい。なお、樹脂のエチレン性不飽和結合基価は、樹脂の固形分1gあたりのエチレン性不飽和結合基のモル量を表した数値である。 The resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond group value of 0.5 to 3 mmol/g. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2 mmol/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.9 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol/g or more. The ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of the resin is a numerical value representing the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group per 1 g of the solid content of the resin.
 着色感光性組成物は、酸価が10~100mgKOH/g(好ましくは20~80mgKOH/g、より好ましくは30~50mgKOH/g)で、エチレン性不飽和結合基価が1.0~2.0mmol/g(好ましくは1.2~1.8mmol/g)の樹脂(以下この樹脂を樹脂Xともいう)を含むことが特に好ましい。着色感光性組成物が上記樹脂Xを含むことで、現像残渣を抑制し、表面粗さが小さく、矩形性および温度サイクル耐性に優れた画素を、隔壁で区画された領域内に形成しやすい。また、着色感光性組成物中に含まれる樹脂中における樹脂Xの含有量は、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、100質量%とすることもでき、75質量%以下とすることもでき、50質量%以下とすることもできる。 The colored photosensitive composition has an acid value of 10 to 100 mgKOH/g (preferably 20 to 80 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 50 mgKOH/g) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond group value of 1.0 to 2.0 mmol. It is particularly preferable to include /g (preferably 1.2 to 1.8 mmol/g) of resin (hereinafter, this resin is also referred to as resin X). When the colored photosensitive composition contains the resin X, a development residue is suppressed, a surface roughness is small, and a pixel excellent in rectangularity and temperature cycle resistance is easily formed in the region partitioned by the partition wall. The content of the resin X in the resin contained in the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1% by mass or more. Is more preferable. The upper limit may be 100% by mass, 75% by mass or less, and 50% by mass or less.
 本発明で用いられる樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 The resin used in the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimer”). It is also preferable to include repeating units derived from the monomer component.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For details of the formula (ED2), the description in JP 2010-168539 A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph No. 0317 of JP2013-029760A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(X)中、Rは、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子またはベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。
The resin preferably also contains a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may include a benzene ring. Represents the alkyl group of. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
 酸基および/またはエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する樹脂としては、例えば下記構造の樹脂などが挙げられる。以下の構造式中、Meはメチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Examples of the resin having an acid group and/or an ethylenically unsaturated bond group include resins having the following structures. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 着色感光性組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むこともできる。分散剤は、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上を占める樹脂が好ましく、実質的に酸基のみからなる樹脂がより好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、40~105mgKOH/gが好ましく、50~105mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60~105mgKOH/gがさらに好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)は、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基であることが好ましい。 The colored photosensitive composition may also contain a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups accounts for 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and is substantially an acid. A resin consisting only of groups is more preferable. The acid group contained in the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH / g. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094に記載された樹脂が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin. Examples of the graft resin include the resins described in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子とは、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a polyimine dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom. The resin to have is preferable. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity. Examples of the polyimine-based dispersant include the resins described in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えばデンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such a resin include dendrimers (including star polymers). Specific examples of the dendrimer include the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962.
 また、上述した酸基を有する樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Further, the resin having an acid group (alkali-soluble resin) described above can also be used as a dispersant.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ(例えば、DISPERBYK-111、161など)、Lubrizol製のSolsperseシリーズ(例えば、Solsperse 36000など)などが挙げられる。また、特開2014-130338号公報の段落番号0041~0130に記載された顔料分散剤を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。なお、上記分散剤として説明した樹脂は、分散剤以外の用途で使用することもできる。例えば、バインダーとして用いることもできる。 The dispersant is also available as a commercial product, and specific examples thereof include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie (for example, DISPERBYK-111 and 161, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol (for example, Solsperse 36000). And so on. Further, the pigment dispersant described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP2014-130338A can also be used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. The resin described as the dispersant can be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.
 着色感光性組成物が樹脂を含む場合、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は、5~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下がより好ましく、35質量%以下がさらに好ましく、30質量%以下が特に好ましい。また、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、5~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下がより好ましく、35質量%以下がさらに好ましく、30質量%以下が特に好ましい。また、樹脂全量中における酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、30質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましく、70質量%以上が更に好ましく、80質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、100質量%とすることができ、95質量%とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもできる。 When the colored photosensitive composition contains a resin, the content of the resin in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. The content of the resin having an acid group in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, further preferably 35% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or less. The content of the resin having an acid group in the total amount of the resin is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, further preferably 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, 95% by mass, or 90% by mass or less.
<<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>>
 着色感光性組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ基は、1分子内に1~100個有することが好ましい。エポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の下限は、2個以上がより好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Compound with cyclic ether group >>
The colored photosensitive composition can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group. Examples of the compound having an epoxy group include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferable. It is preferable to have 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy group may be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy group is more preferably two or more. Compounds having an epoxy group are described in JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0034 to 0036, JP-A-04043556, paragraphs 0147 to 0156, and JP-A-2014-0889408, paragraphs 0085 to 0092. The described compound and the compound described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used. These contents are incorporated herein.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)のいずれでもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, further, a molecular weight of less than 1000), or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is It may be any of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5000 or less, and even more preferably 3000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Dicelle Co., Ltd.), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (these are NOF Corporation's epoxy group-containing polymers).
 着色感光性組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有する場合、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。 When the colored photosensitive composition contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less and further preferably 10% by mass or less. The compound having a cyclic ether group may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Silane Coupling Agent >>
The colored photosensitive composition can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group means a substituent which is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group and the like, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group, and isocyanate group. , A phenyl group and the like, preferably an amino group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an epoxy group. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in JP-A 2009-288703, paragraphs 0018 to 0036, and the compounds described in JP-A 2009-242604, paragraphs 0056 to 0066. Are incorporated herein by reference.
 着色感光性組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.1~5質量%が好ましい。上限は、3質量%以下が好ましく、2質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。 The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 2% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The silane coupling agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
<<有機溶剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、有機溶剤を含有することが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、各成分の溶解性や着色感光性組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤を好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミドなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<< organic solvent >>
The colored photosensitive composition preferably contains an organic solvent. The organic solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the colored photosensitive composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like. For these details, paragraph number 0223 of WO 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Further, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-dimethylpropanamide and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may need to be reduced for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) with respect to the total amount of organic solvent. Per milion) or less, 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent having a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at the mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Synthetic Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, still more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 着色感光性組成物中における有機溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the organic solvent in the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、重合性化合物の反応を促進させたり、硬化温度を下げる目的で、硬化促進剤を添加してもよい。硬化促進剤は、メチロール系化合物(例えば特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246において、架橋剤として例示されている化合物)、アミン類、ホスホニウム塩、アミジン塩、アミド化合物(以上、例えば特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186に記載の硬化剤)、塩基発生剤(例えば、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物)、シアネート化合物(例えば、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071に記載の化合物)、アルコキシシラン化合物(例えば、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物)、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0216に酸発生剤として例示されている化合物、特開2009-180949号公報に記載の化合物)などを用いることもできる。
<< Curing Accelerator >>
A curing accelerator may be added to the colored photosensitive composition for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound or lowering the curing temperature. The curing accelerator is a methylol compound (for example, a compound exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph No. 0246 of JP-A-2005-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds (above, for example, JP-A- Hardener described in paragraph No. 0186 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-041165), base generator (for example, ionic compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-055141), cyanate compound (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-150180). Paragraph No. of JP-A-2015-034963), an alkoxysilane compound (for example, an alkoxysilane compound having an epoxy group described in JP 2011-253054A), an onium salt compound (for example, JP-A No. 2015-034963). The compounds exemplified as the acid generator in 0216, the compounds described in JP-A-2009-180949) and the like can also be used.
 本発明の着色感光性組成物が硬化促進剤を含有する場合、硬化促進剤の含有量は、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。 When the colored photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a curing accelerator, the content of the curing accelerator is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, preferably 0.8 to 8.9% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition. ~ 6.4% by mass is more preferable.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。
<< polymerization inhibitor >>
The colored photosensitive composition may contain a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, ceric salt, etc.) can be mentioned. Of these, p-methoxyphenol is preferable. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
<<界面活性剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< Surfactant >>
The colored photosensitive composition may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used. Regarding the surfactant, paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 界面活性剤はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。着色感光性組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、省液性をより改善することができる。また、厚みムラの小さい膜を形成することもできる。 The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the colored photosensitive composition, the liquid characteristics (particularly, fluidity) can be further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. It is also possible to form a film having a small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、着色感光性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the colored photosensitive composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、EXP、MFS-330(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorinated surfactant include the surfactants described in JP-A-2014-041318, paragraphs 0060 to 0064 (corresponding to WO 2014/017669, paragraphs 0060 to 0064), and JP-A-2011-2011. Examples thereof include the surfactants described in paragraph Nos. 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent No. 132503, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS. -330 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Surfron S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, Examples thereof include SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA) and the like. ..
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. For such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description in JP-A-2016-216602 can be referred to, and the content thereof is incorporated in the present specification.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。例えば特開2011-089090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. For example, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-0899090 can be mentioned. The fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. Among the above compounds,% indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in its side chain can also be used. As specific examples, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965A, for example, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K and the like. As the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2005-117327 can also be used.
 着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種のみでもよく、2種以上でもよい。2種以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤は、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などを用いることができる。これらの詳細については、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< UV absorber >>
The colored photosensitive composition can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyltriazine compound, an indol compound, a triazine compound and the like can be used. For details thereof, refer to paragraph numbers 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, paragraph numbers 0317 to 0334 of JP2013-068814, and paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP2016-162946. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Kagaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzotriazole compound include MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil & Fats (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. Only one kind of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 着色感光性組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。着色感光性組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<< Antioxidant >>
The colored photosensitive composition can contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenol compounds include hindered phenol compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferable. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 着色感光性組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、着色感光性組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<< Other ingredients >>
The colored photosensitive composition may include a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermal curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, a filler, a defoaming agent, a hardener, if necessary). It may contain a flame retardant, a leveling agent, a peeling accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. These components are described in, for example, paragraph No. 0183 and subsequent paragraphs of JP2012-003225A (paragraph number 0237 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The description such as the numbers 0101 to 0104 and 0107 to 0109 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the colored photosensitive composition may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and the compound is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. As a result, compounds in which the protective group is eliminated to function as an antioxidant can be mentioned. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARCRUZ GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
<有機物層形成用組成物>
 次に、本発明の構造体の製造方法で、隔壁の表面に有機物層を形成するために用いることができる有機物層形成用組成物について説明する。有機物層形成用組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を含むことが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、アリル基および(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
<Composition for forming an organic layer>
Next, the composition for forming an organic material layer, which can be used for forming the organic material layer on the surface of the partition wall in the method for manufacturing a structure of the present invention, will be described. The composition for forming an organic layer preferably contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, preferably an allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group, and more preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物は、モノマーであってもよく、ポリマーなどの樹脂であってもよい。エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する樹脂を用いた場合においては、隔壁に対して、有機物層形成用組成物をより均一に塗布しやすい。このため、有機物層形成用組成物の製膜性を向上できる。更には、有機物層と画素との密着性を高めることができ、より良好な耐湿性や温度サイクル耐性が得られる。以下、モノマータイプのエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を、モノマーAともいう。また、樹脂タイプのエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を、樹脂Aともいう。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group may be a monomer or a resin such as a polymer. As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group, a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable. When a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is used, the organic layer forming composition can be more easily applied to the partition walls more uniformly. Therefore, the film-forming property of the composition for forming an organic substance layer can be improved. Furthermore, the adhesion between the organic material layer and the pixel can be enhanced, and better moisture resistance and temperature cycle resistance can be obtained. Hereinafter, the compound having a monomer type ethylenically unsaturated bond group is also referred to as a monomer A. The resin type compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is also referred to as a resin A.
 モノマーAの分子量としては、100~3000であることが好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。樹脂Aの重量平均分子量としては、5000~20000であることが好ましい。上限は、19000以下が好ましく、18000以下がより好ましい。下限は、8000以上が好ましく、10000以上がより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer A is preferably 100 to 3000. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The weight average molecular weight of the resin A is preferably 5000 to 20000. The upper limit is preferably 19000 or less, more preferably 18000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 8000 or more, and more preferably 10000 or more.
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物の含有量は、有機物層形成用組成物の全質量に対して0.01~1質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、0.9質量%以下が好ましく、0.8質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass based on the total mass of the composition for forming an organic material layer. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 0.9% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less.
 有機物層形成用組成物の全固形分中におけるエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物の含有量は、50~100質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、70質量%以上が好ましく、90質量%以上がより好ましい。 The content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the total solid content of the composition for forming an organic material layer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物中における樹脂Aの化合物の含有量は、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、70~100質量%であることがより好ましく、90~100質量%であることが更に好ましく、実質的に樹脂Aのみで構成されていることが特に好ましい。この態様によれば、有機物層の製膜性が良好であり、更にはより優れた耐湿性が得られやすい。なお、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物が実質的に樹脂Aのみで構成されている場合、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物中における樹脂Aの含有量が99質量%以上であることが好ましく、99.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、99.9質量%以上であることがより好ましく、樹脂Aのみで構成されていることが特に好ましい。 The content of the compound of resin A in the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 100% by mass, and 90 to 100% by mass. It is more preferable that the resin A be substantially composed of only the resin A. According to this aspect, the film-forming property of the organic substance layer is good, and more excellent moisture resistance can be easily obtained. When the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is substantially composed of only the resin A, the content of the resin A in the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is 99% by mass or more. It is more preferably 99.5% by mass or more, more preferably 99.9% by mass or more, and particularly preferably composed of only the resin A.
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物として、モノマーAと、樹脂Aとを併用することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use the monomer A and the resin A in combination as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
(モノマーA)
 モノマーAとしては、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、モノマーAとしては、上述した着色感光性組成物の重合性化合物の項で説明した化合物を用いることもできる。
(Monomer A)
The monomer A is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. As specific examples, paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705 A, paragraphs 0227 of JP 2013-029760 A, paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A, and JP 2013-253224 A may be mentioned. Paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph numbers 0477 of JP 2012-208494 A, JP 2017-048367 A, JP 6057891 A, JP 6031807 A, and JP 2017-194662 A are described. These compounds are incorporated herein by reference. Further, as the monomer A, the compound described in the section of the polymerizable compound of the colored photosensitive composition described above can also be used.
(樹脂A)
 樹脂Aとしては、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位を含むポリマーであることが好ましく、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリマーであることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式中、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Lは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、Pはエチレン性不飽和結合基を表す。
(Resin A)
The resin A is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in its side chain, and more preferably a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and P 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
 Rが表すアルキル基は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基が好ましい。Rは、水素原子またはメチル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and preferably a methyl group. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Lは、単結合または2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、これらと-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-および-SO-から選ばれる1種とを組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基などが挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基が好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。 L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and these and -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and -SO 2 -. There is a group formed by combining one of the above types. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group and an aryloxy group. Hydroxy groups are preferred. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
 Pはエチレン性不飽和結合基を表す。エチレン性不飽和結合基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、重合反応性が高く、更にはより優れた耐湿性が得られやすいという理由から(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。 P 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated bond group. As the ethylenically unsaturated bond group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group are preferable, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable because the polymerization reactivity is high and more excellent moisture resistance can be easily obtained. preferable.
 樹脂Aにおいて、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位の5~100モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、10モル%以上が好ましく、15モル%以上がより好ましい。上限は、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、75モル%以下が更に好ましく、70モル%以下が特に好ましい。 In the resin A, the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is preferably 5 to 100 mol% of all the repeating units. The lower limit is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, further preferably 75 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 70 mol% or less.
 樹脂Aのエチレン性不飽和結合基価は、0.5~3mmol/gであることが好ましい。上限は、2.5mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、2mmol/g以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、0.9mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、1.0mmol/g以上であることがより好ましい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond base value of the resin A is preferably 0.5 to 3 mmol / g. The upper limit is preferably 2.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2 mmol/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.9 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol/g or more.
 樹脂Aは、更に、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基が例示される。酸基は1種類のみ含まれていても良いし、2種類以上含まれていても良い。酸基を有する繰り返し単位の割合は、ポリマーを構成する全繰り返し単位の1~50モル%であることが好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、35モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下が更に好ましい。 Resin A preferably further contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group and a phosphoric acid group. Only one type of acid group may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. The proportion of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 1 to 50 mol% of all the repeating units constituting the polymer. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, still more preferably 3 mol% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35 mol% or less, further preferably 30 mol% or less.
 樹脂Aが酸基を有する場合、樹脂Aの酸価は、10~100mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。下限は、15mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、90mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g以下であることが特に好ましい。 When the resin A has an acid group, the acid value of the resin A is preferably 10 to 100 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is preferably 15 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is preferably 90 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 70 mgKOH / g or less, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g or less.
 樹脂Aは、更に、アリール基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。アリール基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の割合は、ポリマーを構成する全繰り返し単位の1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、10モル%以上がより好ましく、15モル%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、70モル%以下がより好ましく、60モル%以下が更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin A further contains a repeating unit having an aryl group in the side chain. The proportion of repeating units having an aryl group in the side chain is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of all the repeating units constituting the polymer. The lower limit is more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 15 mol% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 70 mol% or less, further preferably 60 mol% or less.
 樹脂Aは、上述したエーテルダイマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin A contains a repeating unit derived from the above-mentioned ether dimer.
 樹脂Aの具体例としては、例えば下記構造のポリマーが挙げられる。以下の構造式において、Meはメチル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Specific examples of the resin A include a polymer having the following structure. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 樹脂Aは、市販品を用いることもできる。例えば、ダイヤナールNRシリーズ(三菱レイヨン株式会社製)、Photomer6173(COOH含有 polyurethane acrylic oligomer.Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd製)、ビスコートR-264、KSレジスト106(いずれも大阪有機化学工業株式会社製)、サイクロマーPシリーズ(例えば、ACA230AA)、プラクセル CF200シリーズ(いずれも(株)ダイセル製)、Ebecryl3800(ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)、アクリキュアーRD-F8(日本触媒社製)などが挙げられる。 As the resin A, a commercially available product can be used. For example, Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer. Diamond Shamrock Co., manufactured by Ltd), Viscort R-264, KS resist 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). , Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA230AA), Praxel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), Ebeclyl3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.), Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Catalyst Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 有機物層形成用組成物は界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。なかでもフッ素系界面活性剤が好ましい。界面活性剤の詳細については、着色感光性組成物の界面活性剤の項で説明した内容と同様である。界面活性剤の含有量は、有機物層形成用組成物の全質量に対して0.0001~0.1質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.0005質量%以上が好ましく、0.001質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、0.05質量%以下が好ましく、0.01質量%以下がより好ましい。また、有機物層形成用組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.01~2.0質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、1.5質量%以下が好ましく、1.0質量%以下がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせて用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The composition for forming an organic material layer may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used. Of these, fluorine-based surfactants are preferable. The details of the surfactant are the same as those described in the section of the surfactant of the colored photosensitive composition. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition for forming an organic substance layer. The lower limit is preferably 0.0005 mass% or more, more preferably 0.001 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less. Further, the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the composition for forming the organic substance layer is preferably 0.01 to 2.0% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 1.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 1.0% by mass or less. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
 有機物層形成用組成物は、有機溶剤を含有することが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。有機溶剤の詳細については、着色感光性組成物の有機溶剤の項で説明した内容と同様である。有機溶剤の含有量は、有機物層形成用組成物の全質量に対して99~99.99質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、99.2質量%以上が好ましく、99.4質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、99.95質量%以下が好ましく、99.9質量%以下がより好ましい。有機溶剤の含有量が上記範囲であれば、有機物層形成用組成物の塗布性が良好で、薄膜で、膜厚のばらつきの少ない有機物層を形成しやすい。 The composition for forming an organic substance layer preferably contains an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents and the like. The details of the organic solvent are the same as those described in the section of the organic solvent of the colored photosensitive composition. The content of the organic solvent is preferably 99 to 99.99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition for forming the organic substance layer. The lower limit is preferably 99.2% by mass or more, more preferably 99.4% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 99.95% by mass or less, more preferably 99.9% by mass or less. When the content of the organic solvent is within the above range, the composition for forming an organic material layer has good coatability, and it is easy to form a thin organic material layer having a small variation in film thickness.
 有機物層形成用組成物は、更に、光重合開始剤、重合禁止剤等の他の添加剤を更に含んでもよいが、これらの他の添加剤の含有量は、有機物層形成用組成物の全固形分に対して1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、実質的に含有しないことがより好ましい。なお、他の添加剤を実質的に含有しない場合、他の添加剤の含有量が有機物層形成用組成物の全固形分に対して1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.01質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、含有しないことが特に好ましい。 The composition for forming an organic layer may further contain other additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerization inhibitor, but the content of these other additives is the total content of the composition for forming an organic substance. It is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably substantially absent from the solid content. When substantially no other additive is contained, the content of the other additive is preferably 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition for forming an organic substance layer. It is more preferably less than or equal to, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and particularly preferably not contained.
<カラーフィルタの製造方法>
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法について説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタの製造方法は、上述した本発明の構造体の製造方法を含む。カラーフィルタは、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や画像表示装置などに用いることができる。
<Method of manufacturing color filter>
Next, a method for manufacturing the color filter of the present invention will be described. The method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above. The color filter can be used in a solid-state imaging device such as CCD (charge coupled device) or CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor), an image display device, or the like.
<固体撮像素子の製造方法>
 本発明の固体撮像素子の製造方法は、上述した本発明の構造体の製造方法を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。
<Manufacturing method of solid-state image sensor>
The method of manufacturing the solid-state image sensor of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state image sensor.
<画像表示装置の製造方法>
 本発明の画像表示装置の製造方法は、上述した本発明の構造体の製造方法を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Manufacturing method of image display device>
The method of manufacturing the image display device of the present invention includes the method of manufacturing the structure of the present invention described above. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For details on the definition of image display devices and the details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Device (by Junaki Ibuki, Industrial Books)" (Published in 1989)” etc. The liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., published in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited, and for example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned “next-generation liquid crystal display technology”.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
<試料の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)の測定>
 試料の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により、以下の条件で測定した。
カラムの種類:TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-Hと、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000と、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000とを連結したカラム
展開溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン
カラム温度:40℃
流量(サンプル注入量):1.0μL(サンプル濃度:0.1質量%)
装置名:東ソー製 HLC-8220GPC
検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
検量線ベース樹脂:ポリスチレン樹脂
<Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of sample>
The weight average molecular weight of the sample was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions.
Column type: TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000, and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 are connected to each other. Column developing solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Column temperature: 40°C
Flow rate (sample injection amount): 1.0 μL (sample concentration: 0.1% by mass)
Device name: Tosoh HLC-8220GPC
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector Calibration curve base resin: Polystyrene resin
<試料の酸価の測定>
 試料の酸価は、固形分1gあたりの酸性成分を中和するのに要する水酸化カリウムの質量を表したものである。試料の酸価は次のようにして測定した。すなわち、測定試料をテトラヒドロフラン/水=9/1(質量比)混合溶媒に溶解し、得られた溶液を、電位差滴定装置(商品名:AT-510、京都電子工業製)を用いて、25℃にて、0.1mol/L水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で中和滴定した。滴定pH曲線の変曲点を滴定終点として、次式により酸価を算出した。
 A=56.11×Vs×0.5×f/w
 A:酸価(mgKOH/g)
 Vs:滴定に要した0.1mol/L水酸化ナトリウム水溶液の使用量(mL)
 f:0.1mol/L水酸化ナトリウム水溶液の力価
 w:試料の質量(g)(固形分換算)
<Measurement of acid value of sample>
The acid value of the sample represents the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component per 1 g of solid content. The acid value of the sample was measured as follows. That is, a measurement sample is dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran/water=9/1 (mass ratio) mixed solvent, and the resulting solution is used at 25° C. using a potentiometric titrator (trade name: AT-510, manufactured by Kyoto Electronics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.). At, neutralization titration was performed with a 0.1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. Using the inflection point of the titration pH curve as the titration end point, the acid value was calculated by the following formula.
A=56.11×Vs×0.5×f/w
A: Acid value (mgKOH/g)
Vs: Amount of 0.1 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution required for titration (mL)
f: titer of 0.1 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution w: mass of sample (g) (solid content conversion)
<着色感光性組成物>
(分散液Green-1の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Green 36の8質量部と、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150の6.5質量部と、樹脂B-1の1.5質量部と、樹脂B-4の4.5質量部と、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)の79.5質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Green-1を得た。
<Colored photosensitive composition>
(Manufacturing of dispersion Green-1)
C. I. 8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I. 6.5 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 150, 1.5 parts by mass of resin B-1, 4.5 parts by mass of resin B-4, and 79.5 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). Was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter), and then 2000 kg / cm using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism. The dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g / min under the pressure of 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion liquid Green-1.
(分散液Green-2の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Green 36の9.5質量部と、樹脂B-1の1.5質量部と、樹脂B-4の4.5質量部と、PGMEAの84.5質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Green-2を得た。
(Manufacturing of dispersion Green-2)
C. I. Pigment Green 36 (9.5 parts by mass), Resin B-1 (1.5 parts by mass), Resin B-4 (4.5 parts by mass) and PGMEA (84.5 parts by mass) in a bead mill (zirconia). with further pressure reducing mechanism after 3 hours mixing and dispersing using beads 0.3mm diameter) high-pressure dispersing machine NANO-3000-10 with (Nippon Biii Co.), flow rate 500g under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 Dispersion processing was performed with / min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion liquid Green-2.
(分散液Green-3の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Green 36の8質量部と、C.I.Pigment Yellow 150の6.5質量部と、樹脂B-4の6質量部と、PGMEAの79.5質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Green-3を得た。
(Manufacturing of dispersion Green-3)
C. I. 8 parts by mass of Pigment Green 36 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (6.5 parts by mass), Resin B-4 (6 parts by mass), and PGMEA (79.5 parts by mass) using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours. After that, the dispersion treatment was further performed using a high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion liquid Green-3.
(分散液Green-4の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Green 36の9.5質量部と、樹脂B-4の6質量部と、PGMEAの84.5質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Green-4を得た。
(Manufacturing of dispersion Green-4)
C. I. Pigment Green 36 (9.5 parts by mass), Resin B-4 (6 parts by mass), and PGMEA (84.5 parts by mass) using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours. After that, the dispersion treatment was further performed using a high pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a decompression mechanism under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 at a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion Green-4.
(分散液Red-1の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Red 254の7.3質量部と、C.I.Pigment Yellow 139の3.6質量部と、顔料誘導体X-1の1.5質量部と、樹脂B-1の4.3質量部と、樹脂B-5の1.1質量部と、PGMEAの82.2質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Red-1を得た。
(Manufacturing of dispersion Red-1)
C. I. 7.3 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (3.6 parts by mass), Pigment Derivative X-1 (1.5 parts by mass), Resin B-1 (4.3 parts by mass), Resin B-5 (1.1 parts by mass), and PGMEA After mixing and dispersing the mixed solution with 82.2 parts by mass using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm diameter) for 3 hours, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism was further used. The dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain dispersion Red-1.
(分散液Blue-1の製造)
 C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6の10質量部と、C.I.Pigment Violet 23の2.3質量部と、樹脂B-1の3質量部と、樹脂B-6の2質量部と、PGMEAの82.7質量部との混合液をビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.3mm径)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000kg/cmの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返し分散液Blue-1を得た。
(Production of Dispersion Blue-1)
C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (10 parts by mass), C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (2.3 parts by mass), Resin B-1 (3 parts by mass), Resin B-6 (2 parts by mass) and PGMEA (82.7 parts by mass) in a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3 mm). After mixing and dispersing for 3 hours using (diameter), further disperse at a flow rate of 500 g / min under a pressure of 2000 kg / cm 3 using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a decompression mechanism. Processing was performed. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain dispersion Blue-1.
 分散液の製造に使用した原料のうち略語で示した原料の詳細は以下の通りである。
 顔料誘導体X-1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Details of the raw materials indicated by abbreviations among the raw materials used for manufacturing the dispersion liquid are as follows.
Pigment derivative X-1: compound having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 樹脂B-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw=11000、酸価32mgKOH/g、エチレン性不飽和結合基価1.42mmol/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 樹脂B-4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=21000、酸価36mgKOH/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 分散剤B-5:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw=20000、酸価77mgKOH/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 分散剤B-6:Solsperse 36000(Lubrizol製)
Resin B-1: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios: Mw=11,000, acid value 32 mgKOH/g, ethylenically unsaturated bond group value 1.42 mmol/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Resin B-4: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios, the numbers attached to the side chains are the number of repeating units, Mw=21000, acid value 36 mgKOH/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Dispersant B-5: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios, the numbers attached to the side chains are the number of repeating units, Mw=20,000, acid value 77 mgKOH/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Dispersant B-6: Solsperse 36000 (manufactured by Lubrizol)
(着色感光性組成物の製造)
 下記の原料を混合して着色感光性組成物を調製した。下記表に記載の数値の単位は質量部である。また、着色感光性組成物の全固形分中の着色剤の含有量の値を併せて記す。
(Manufacturing of Colored Photosensitive Composition)
The following raw materials were mixed to prepare a colored photosensitive composition. The unit of numerical values shown in the table below is parts by mass. In addition, the value of the content of the colorant in the total solid content of the colored photosensitive composition is also described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 上記表に記載の原料のうち略語で示した原料の詳細は以下の通りである。 Among the raw materials listed in the above table, the details of the raw materials indicated by abbreviations are as follows.
(溶剤)
 PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
(solvent)
PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
(樹脂)
 B-1:上述した樹脂B-1
 B-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw=30000、酸価112mgKOH/g、エチレン性不飽和結合基価0mmol/g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(resin)
B-1: Resin B-1 described above
B-2: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio. Mw = 30,000, acid value 112 mgKOH / g, ethylenically unsaturated bond base value 0 mmol / g)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(重合性化合物)
 M-1:NKエステル A-TMMT(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 M-2:KAYARAD DPCA-20(日本化薬(株)製)
 M-3:NKエステル A-DPH-12E(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 M-4:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製)
(Polymerizable compound)
M-1: NK Ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
M-2: KAYARAD DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
M-3: NK Ester A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
M-4: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
(光重合開始剤)
 Ini-1:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
Ini-1: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)
(添加剤)
 U-1:下記構造の化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(Additive)
U-1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(界面活性剤)
 F-1:下記構造の化合物(Mw=14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(Surfactant)
F-1: Compound having the following structure (Mw=14000, the numerical value of% indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%, a fluorochemical surfactant)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 (分散液)
 Green-1、Green-2、Green-3、Green-4、Red-1、Blue-1:上記で製造した分散液Green-1、Green-2、Green-3、Green-4、Red-1、Blue-1
(Dispersion)
Green-1, Green-2, Green-3, Green-4, Red-1, Blue-1: Dispersions Green-1, Green-2, Green-3, Green-4, Red-1, prepared above. Blue-1
<有機物層形成用組成物の製造>
(有機物層形成用組成物1)
 エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物として、サイクロマーP(ダイセル・オルネクス製、固形分54質量%)の12質量部と、PGMEAの87.99質量部と、界面活性剤F-1の0.01質量部とを混合して有機物層形成用組成物1を製造した。
<Manufacturing of composition for forming organic layer>
(Composition for Forming Organic Layer 1)
As compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group, 12 parts by mass of Cyclomer P (manufactured by Daicel Ornex, solid content 54% by mass), 87.9 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0. A composition 1 for forming an organic layer was produced by mixing with 01 parts by mass.
<現像液の製造>
 下記表に記載の原料を混合して現像液を製造した。下記表に記載した各原料の配合量は質量部で示している。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
<Production of developer>
The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to produce a developing solution. The blending amount of each raw material described in the table below is shown in parts by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
 上記表に記載の原料は以下の通りである。
(アルカリ剤)
 アルカリ剤1:テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド
 アルカリ剤2:ジグリコールアミン
 アルカリ剤3:ジエタノールアミン
The raw materials described in the above table are as follows.
(Alkaline agent)
Alkaline agent 1: Tetramethylammonium hydroxide Alkaline agent 2: Diglycolamine Alkaline agent 3: Diethanolamine
(キレート剤)
 キレート剤1:エチレンジアミン四酢酸
 キレート剤2:エチレンジアミン
(Chelating agent)
Chelating agent 1: ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid Chelating agent 2: ethylenediamine
(界面活性剤)
 界面活性剤1:BLAUNON EL-1515(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数12のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(オキシエチレンの繰り返し数15)とを有する化合物)
 界面活性剤2:WONDERSURF NDR-1400(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数10のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=80:20(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)650)
 界面活性剤3:WONDERSURF 140(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数12のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=80:20(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)750)
 界面活性剤4:WONDERSURF S-1400(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数13のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=80:20(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)800)
 界面活性剤5:WONDERSURF SA-30/70 2000R(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数18のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=30:70(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)2000)
 界面活性剤6:WONDERSURF NPP-0802R(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数9のアルキル基を置換基として有するフェニル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=75:25(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)620)
 界面活性剤7:FINESURF TDE1055(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数13のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造とポリオキシプロピレン構造との混合構造(ポリオキシエチレン構造:ポリオキシプロピレン構造=80:20(質量比))とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)770)
 界面活性剤8:FINESURF TDP-04K(ノニオン性界面活性剤、青木油脂工業(株)製、炭素数13のアルキル基と、ポリオキシアルキレン構造(オキシプロピレンの繰り返し数4)とを有する化合物、重量平均分子量(Mw)430)
 界面活性剤9:2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオールエトキシレート(シグマアルドリッチ社製、数平均分子量(Mn)670、ノニオン性界面活性剤)
(Surfactant)
Surfactant 1: BLAUNON EL-1515 (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., a compound having an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (repeating number of oxyethylene of 15))
Surfactant 2: WONDERSURF NDR-1400 (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., alkyl group having 10 carbon atoms and polyoxyalkylene structure (mixed structure of polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxypropylene structure (Polyoxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=80:20 (mass ratio)), and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) 650)
Surfactant 3: WONDERSURF 140 (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms and polyoxyalkylene structure (mixed structure of polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxypropylene structure (poly Oxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=80:20 (mass ratio)), and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) 750)
Surfactant 4: WONDERSURF S-1400 (nonionic surfactant, Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (mixed structure of polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxypropylene structure (Polyoxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=80:20 (mass ratio)), and weight average molecular weight (Mw) 800)
Surfactant 5: WONDERSURF SA-30/70 2000R (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., an alkyl group having 18 carbon atoms, and a polyoxyalkylene structure (polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxypropylene structure. Compound having a mixed structure of (polyoxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=30:70 (mass ratio)), weight average molecular weight (Mw) 2000)
Surfactant 6: WONDERSURF NPP-0802R (nonionic surfactant manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 9 carbon atoms as a substituent, a polyoxyalkylene structure (polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxyethylene structure). Compound having mixed structure with oxypropylene structure (polyoxyethylene structure:polyoxypropylene structure=75:25 (mass ratio), weight average molecular weight (Mw) 620)
Surfactant 7: FINESURF TDE1055 (Nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (mixed structure of polyoxyethylene structure and polyoxypropylene structure (poly Oxyethylene structure: polyoxypropylene structure=80:20 (mass ratio)), and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) 770)
Surfactant 8: FINESURF TDP-04K (nonionic surfactant, manufactured by Aoki Yushi Kogyo Co., Ltd., a compound having an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene structure (repeating number of oxypropylene 4), weight Average molecular weight (Mw) 430)
Surfactant 9: 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decyne-4,7-diol ethoxylate (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich, number average molecular weight (Mn) 670, nonionic surfactant)
[構造体の製造](実施例1~39、比較例1~3)
 シリコンウエハ上に、シリコン酸化物層をプラズマCVD(chemical vapor deposition)法で形成した。次いで、このシリコン酸化物層をドライエッチング法でパターニングして、シリコン酸化物からなる隔壁(幅100nm、厚さ500nm)を0.8μm間隔で格子状に形成した。シリコンウエハ上の隔壁の開口の寸法(シリコンウエハ上の隔壁で区画された領域)は、縦0.8μm、横0.8μmであった。次に、隔壁を形成したシリコンウエハ上に、有機物層形成用組成物1をスピンコート法で塗布し、次いでホットプレートを用いて、110℃で2分間加熱し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて230℃で5分間加熱して膜厚13nmの有機物層を形成した。次に、有機物層を形成したシリコンウエハの有機物層上に、下記表に記載の着色感光性組成物を、製膜後の膜厚が0.6μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて110℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を用い、0.8μmのアイランドパターンを有するマスクを介して、50~2000mJ/cmの露光量で露光した。次いで、現像装置(東京エレクトロン製Act-8)を使用し現像処理を行った。現像液は、下記表に記載の現像液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、純水を用いたスピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した後に、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で5分間加熱して、隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成して構造体を製造した。
[Manufacturing of Structure] (Examples 1 to 39, Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
A silicon oxide layer was formed on a silicon wafer by a plasma CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method. Next, this silicon oxide layer was patterned by a dry etching method to form partition walls (width 100 nm, thickness 500 nm) made of silicon oxide in a grid pattern at intervals of 0.8 μm. The size of the opening of the partition wall on the silicon wafer (the area partitioned by the partition wall on the silicon wafer) was 0.8 μm in length and 0.8 μm in width. Next, the composition 1 for forming an organic layer is applied onto the silicon wafer on which the partition wall is formed by a spin coating method, then heated at 110° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate, and then 230 using a hot plate. It was heated at ° C. for 5 minutes to form an organic layer having a film thickness of 13 nm. Next, the colored photosensitive composition described in the table below is applied onto the organic material layer of the silicon wafer on which the organic material layer is formed by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation is 0.6 μm, and then is applied. , Heated using a hot plate at 110° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an island pattern of 0.8 μm. Next, development processing was performed using a developing device (Act-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron). As the developing solution, the developing solution shown in the following table was used, and paddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After that, rinsing is performed with a spin shower using pure water, further rinsed with pure water, and then heated at 220° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to form pixels in regions partitioned by partition walls. To produce the structure.
[構造体の製造](実施例40)
 シリコンウエハ上に、シリコン酸化物層をプラズマCVD(chemical vapor deposition)法で形成した。次いで、このシリコン酸化物層をドライエッチング法でパターニングして、シリコン酸化物からなる隔壁(幅100nm、厚さ500nm)を0.8μm間隔で格子状に形成した。シリコンウエハ上の隔壁の開口の寸法(シリコンウエハ上の隔壁で区画された領域)は、縦0.8μm、横0.8μmであった。次に、隔壁を形成したシリコンウエハ上に、下記表に記載の着色感光性組成物を、製膜後の膜厚が0.6μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて110℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を用い、0.8μmのアイランドパターンを有するマスクを介して、50~2000mJ/cmの露光量で露光した。次いで、現像装置(東京エレクトロン製Act-8)を使用し現像処理を行った。現像液は、下記表に記載の現像液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、純水を用いたスピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、さらに純水にて水洗した後に、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で5分間加熱して、隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成して構造体を製造した。
[Production of Structure] (Example 40)
A silicon oxide layer was formed on a silicon wafer by a plasma CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method. Next, this silicon oxide layer was patterned by a dry etching method to form partition walls (width 100 nm, thickness 500 nm) made of silicon oxide in a grid pattern at intervals of 0.8 μm. The size of the opening of the partition wall on the silicon wafer (the area partitioned by the partition wall on the silicon wafer) was 0.8 μm in length and 0.8 μm in width. Next, the colored photosensitive composition described in the table below is applied on a silicon wafer on which a partition wall is formed by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after film formation is 0.6 μm, and then a hot plate is applied. Used to heat at 110° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed with an exposure amount of 50 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an island pattern of 0.8 μm. Next, development processing was performed using a developing device (Act-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron). As the developing solution, the developing solution shown in the following table was used, and paddle development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After that, rinsing is performed with a spin shower using pure water, further washed with pure water, and then heated at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall. The structure was manufactured.
<表面粗さの評価>
 得られた構造体の画素の表面粗さ(Ra)を、原子間力顕微鏡Dimension FastScan AFM(Bruker製)を用いて測定した。表面粗さの評価基準は以下の通りである。A~Dの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。
 A:表面粗さ(Ra)が0nm以上3nm未満
 B:表面粗さ(Ra)が3nm以上5nm未満
 C:表面粗さ(Ra)が5nm以上7nm未満
 D:表面粗さ(Ra)が7nm以上10nm未満
 E:表面粗さ(Ra)が10nm以上
<Evaluation of surface roughness>
The surface roughness (Ra) of the pixels of the obtained structure was measured using an atomic force microscope, Dimension FastScan AFM (manufactured by Bruker). The evaluation criteria for surface roughness are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
A: Surface roughness (Ra) is 0 nm or more and less than 3 nm B: Surface roughness (Ra) is 3 nm or more and less than 5 nm C: Surface roughness (Ra) is 5 nm or more and less than 7 nm D: Surface roughness (Ra) is 7 nm or more Less than 10 nm E: Surface roughness (Ra) is 10 nm or more
<温度サイクル耐性の評価>
 得られた構造体を、サイクルサーモ試験機(Hutech社製、LTS-150-W[商品名])を使用して、-65℃と150℃にそれぞれ15分ずつ交互に曝す工程を1サイクルとする温度サイクル試験を2000サイクル行った。100サイクルごとに集束イオンビーム(FIB)を用いて、隔壁内に画素が埋め込まれた部分の断面サンプルを作製し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)にて観測して画素の剥がれの有無を観察して温度サイクル耐性を評価した。なお、画素がシリコンウエハから完全に剥がれている場合、または、画素のシリコンウエハとの界面に亀裂が入っている場合は剥がれがあると判断した。温度サイクル耐性の評価基準は以下の通りである。A~Dの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。
 A:1500サイクル以上で剥がれが観測されない
 B:1000サイクル以上1500サイクル未満で剥がれが観測された
 C:750サイクル以上1000サイクル未満で剥がれが観測された
 D:500サイクル以上750サイクル未満で剥がれが観測された
 E:500サイクル未満で剥がれが観測された
<Evaluation of temperature cycle resistance>
Using the cycle thermo tester (manufactured by Hutech, LTS-150-W [trade name]), the obtained structure is alternately exposed to −65° C. and 150° C. for 15 minutes each as one cycle. The temperature cycle test was performed for 2000 cycles. Using a focused ion beam (FIB) every 100 cycles, a cross-sectional sample of the part where the pixels are embedded in the partition wall is prepared, and a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800H, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). Then, the presence or absence of peeling of the pixels was observed to evaluate the temperature cycle resistance. In addition, when the pixel was completely peeled from the silicon wafer, or when the interface of the pixel with the silicon wafer had a crack, it was judged that there was peeling. The evaluation criteria of temperature cycle resistance are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
A: No peeling was observed at 1500 cycles or more B: Peeling was observed at 1000 cycles or more and less than 1500 cycles C: Peeling was observed at 750 cycles or more and less than 1000 cycles D: Peeling was observed at 500 cycles or more and less than 750 cycles E: Peeling was observed in less than 500 cycles
<耐湿性の評価>
 得られた構造体を、恒温恒湿機(EHS-221M、ヤマト科学社製)を用いて、温度85℃、相対湿度85%の雰囲気中、500時間、750時間、1000時間、1500時間静置して耐湿試験を行った。試験後、集束イオンビーム(FIB)を用いて、隔壁内に画素が埋め込まれた部分の断面サンプルを作製し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)にて観測して画素の剥がれの有無を観察して耐湿性を評価した。なお、画素がシリコンウエハから完全に剥がれている場合、または、画素のシリコンウエハとの界面に亀裂が入っている場合は剥がれがあると判断した。耐湿性の評価基準は以下の通りである。A~Dの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。
 A:耐湿試験1500時間で剥がれが観測されない
 B:耐湿試験1000時間で剥がれは観測されないが1500時間で剥がれが観測された
 C:耐湿試験750時間で剥がれは観測されないが1000時間で剥がれが観測された
 D:耐湿試験500時間で剥がれは観測されないが750時間で剥がれが観測された
 E:耐湿試験500時間で剥がれが観測された
<Evaluation of moisture resistance>
The obtained structure was allowed to stand for 500 hours, 750 hours, 1000 hours, and 1500 hours in an atmosphere at a temperature of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85% using a constant temperature and humidity machine (EHS-221M, manufactured by Yamato Scientific Co., Ltd.). Then, a moisture resistance test was conducted. After the test, a focused ion beam (FIB) was used to prepare a cross-sectional sample of the part where the pixels were embedded in the partition wall, and a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800H, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) was used. The moisture resistance was evaluated by observing the presence or absence of peeling of the pixels. In addition, when the pixel was completely peeled from the silicon wafer, or when the interface of the pixel with the silicon wafer had a crack, it was judged that there was peeling. The evaluation criteria for moisture resistance are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
A: No peeling was observed after 1500 hours in the moisture resistance test B: No peeling was observed after 1000 hours in the moisture resistance test, but peeling was observed after 1500 hours C: No peeling was observed after 750 hours in the moisture resistance test, but peeling was observed after 1000 hours D: Peeling was not observed after 500 hours of humidity resistance test, but peeling was observed after 750 hours E: Peeling was observed after 500 hours of humidity resistance test
<現像残渣の評価>
 得られた構造体の隔壁内に画素が埋め込まれていない部分(非画素部)の残渣の有無を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)観察により評価した。現像残渣の評価基準は以下の通りである。A~Dの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。
 A:非画素部に残渣がない
 B:非画素部に0.01μm未満の残渣が観測された
 C:非画素部に0.01μm以上0.05μm未満の残渣が観測された
 D:非画素部に0.05μm以上0.10μm未満の残渣が観測された
 E:非画素部に0.10μm以上の残渣が観測された
<Evaluation of development residue>
The presence or absence of a residue in a portion (non-pixel portion) where pixels were not embedded in the partition walls of the obtained structure was evaluated by observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800H, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). .. The evaluation criteria for the development residue are as follows. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem.
A: No residue in non-pixel portion B: Residue of less than 0.01 μm was observed in non-pixel portion C: Residue of 0.01 μm or more and less than 0.05 μm was observed in non-pixel portion D: Non-pixel portion A residue of 0.05 μm or more and less than 0.10 μm was observed in E: A residue of 0.10 μm or more was observed in the non-pixel portion.
<矩形性の評価>
 得られた構造体について、集束イオンビーム(FIB)を用いて、隔壁内に画素が埋め込まれた部分の断面サンプルを作製し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)にて画素の断面形状を観測して画素のテーパー角を測定し、以下の基準で矩形性を評価した。A~Dの評価であれば実用上問題ないと判断する。なお、画素のテーパー角は、画素の隔壁側の面(側面)とシリコンウエハ(基板面)がなす角度のことである。
 A:テーパー角が88度以上90度以下
 B:テーパー角が85度以上88度未満
 C:テーパー角が80度以上85度未満
 D:テーパー角が75度以上80度未満
 E:テーパー角が75度未満
<Evaluation of rectangularity>
With respect to the obtained structure, a focused ion beam (FIB) was used to prepare a cross-sectional sample of a portion in which pixels were embedded in a partition wall, and a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800H, Hitachi High The cross-sectional shape of the pixel was observed by Technologies, and the taper angle of the pixel was measured, and the rectangularity was evaluated according to the following criteria. If the evaluation is A to D, it is judged that there is no practical problem. The taper angle of a pixel is an angle formed by a surface (side surface) of the pixel on the partition wall side and a silicon wafer (substrate surface).
A: The taper angle is 88 degrees or more and 90 degrees or less B: The taper angle is 85 degrees or more and less than 88 degrees C: The taper angle is 80 degrees or more and less than 85 degrees D: The taper angle is 75 degrees or more and less than 80 degrees E: The taper angle is 75 Less than degree
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
 上記表に示すように、実施例は、表面粗さ、温度サイクル耐性、現像残渣および矩形性の評価がいずれもD以上の評価で、良好であり、これらの特性を並立させることができた。これに対し、比較例はこれらの特性の少なくとも一つがEの評価であり、性能が劣っていた。なお、これらの評価について、Eの評価がないことが性能バランスの点で重要である。 As shown in the above table, in the examples, the surface roughness, the temperature cycle resistance, the development residue and the rectangularity were all evaluated to be D or higher, which were good, and these characteristics could be arranged side by side. On the other hand, in the comparative example, at least one of these characteristics was evaluated as E, and the performance was inferior. Regarding these evaluations, it is important that there is no evaluation of E in terms of performance balance.
1:支持体
2:隔壁
10:着色感光性組成物層
11、21、31:画素
1: Support 2: Partition 10: Colored photosensitive composition layer 11, 21, 31: Pixel

Claims (17)

  1.  隔壁で区画された複数の領域が設けられた支持体上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して前記隔壁で区画された領域内を含む前記支持体上に着色感光性組成物層を形成する工程と、
     前記支持体上に形成された着色感光性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、
     現像液を用いて未露光部の着色感光性組成物層を現像除去して前記隔壁で区画された領域内に画素を形成する工程と、
     を含む構造体の製造方法であって、
     前記現像液として、アルカリ剤を0.02~0.22質量%と、キレート剤とを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いる、構造体の製造方法。
    A step of applying a colored photosensitive composition onto a support provided with a plurality of regions partitioned by partition walls to form a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support including the region partitioned by the partition walls. When,
    A step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer formed on the support in a pattern and
    A step of developing and removing the colored photosensitive composition layer in the unexposed portion using a developing solution to form pixels in the region partitioned by the partition wall;
    A method of manufacturing a structure including:
    A method for producing a structure, wherein an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.02 to 0.22% by mass of an alkali agent and a chelating agent is used as the developer.
  2.  前記現像液は、アルカリ剤を0.10~0.18質量%含む、請求項1に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 1, wherein the developer contains 0.10 to 0.18% by mass of an alkaline agent.
  3.  前記現像液は、キレート剤を0.01~0.20質量%含む、請求項1または2に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the developing solution contains a chelating agent in an amount of 0.01 to 0.20% by mass.
  4.  前記アルカリ剤は、有機塩基化合物である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the alkaline agent is an organic base compound.
  5.  前記現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the developer further contains a surfactant.
  6.  前記界面活性剤は、ノニオン性界面活性剤である、請求項5に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 5, wherein the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  7.  前記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、炭素数10~20のアルキル基を有する化合物である、請求項6に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 6, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
  8.  前記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、炭素数12~15のアルキル基を有する化合物である、請求項6に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 6, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound having an alkyl group having 12 to 15 carbon atoms.
  9.  前記ノニオン性界面活性剤は、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を含む化合物である、請求項6~8のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the nonionic surfactant is a compound containing a polyoxyalkylene structure.
  10.  前記着色感光性組成物は、全固形分中に着色剤を30~70質量%含有する、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains 30 to 70% by mass of a colorant in the total solid content.
  11.  前記着色感光性組成物は、酸価が10~100mgKOH/gで、エチレン性不飽和結合基価が1.0~2.0mmol/gの樹脂を含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 11. The colored photosensitive composition according to claim 1, which contains a resin having an acid value of 10 to 100 mgKOH/g and an ethylenically unsaturated bond group value of 1.0 to 2.0 mmol/g. A method for manufacturing the structure according to.
  12.  前記着色感光性組成物は重合性基を6個以上含む重合性化合物を含む、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the colored photosensitive composition contains a polymerizable compound having 6 or more polymerizable groups.
  13.  前記隔壁の表面に有機物層を形成した後、前記支持体上に着色感光性組成物を塗布して前記着色感光性組成物層を形成する、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法。 13. The colored photosensitive composition layer is formed by forming an organic material layer on the surface of the partition wall and then applying a colored photosensitive composition on the support to form the colored photosensitive composition layer. How to manufacture the structure.
  14.  エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物を含む有機物層形成用組成物を用いて前記隔壁の表面に前記有機物層を形成する、請求項13に記載の構造体の製造方法。 The method for producing a structure according to claim 13, wherein the organic material layer is formed on the surface of the partition wall using a composition for forming an organic material layer containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group.
  15.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法を含むカラーフィルタの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a color filter including the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法を含む固体撮像素子の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, which includes the method for manufacturing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  17.  請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の構造体の製造方法を含む画像表示装置の製造方法。 A method of manufacturing an image display device including the method of manufacturing a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
PCT/JP2020/008209 2019-03-07 2020-02-28 Structure production method, color filter production method, solid state imaging element production method, and image display device production method WO2020179648A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021504038A JPWO2020179648A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2020-02-28 A method for manufacturing a structure, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and a method for manufacturing an image display device.
JP2023011747A JP7457171B2 (en) 2019-03-07 2023-01-30 Method for manufacturing a structure, method for manufacturing a color filter, method for manufacturing a solid-state image sensor, and method for manufacturing an image display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019041114 2019-03-07
JP2019-041114 2019-03-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020179648A1 true WO2020179648A1 (en) 2020-09-10

Family

ID=72337279

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/008209 WO2020179648A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2020-02-28 Structure production method, color filter production method, solid state imaging element production method, and image display device production method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JPWO2020179648A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202035671A (en)
WO (1) WO2020179648A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11305451A (en) * 1998-02-17 1999-11-05 Toray Ind Inc Developer for color filter and production of color filter
JP2001312072A (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-09 Advanced Color Tec Kk Developing solution for photosensitive resin, developing method and method for producing optical color filter
JP2003021918A (en) * 2001-07-05 2003-01-24 Fujifilm Arch Co Ltd Alkali developing solution for photosensitive composition

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000162785A (en) 1998-11-30 2000-06-16 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive resin developing solution, manufacture of resin black matrix, and manufacture of color filter
JP6703098B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2020-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Semiconductor manufacturing treatment liquid and pattern forming method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11305451A (en) * 1998-02-17 1999-11-05 Toray Ind Inc Developer for color filter and production of color filter
JP2001312072A (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-09 Advanced Color Tec Kk Developing solution for photosensitive resin, developing method and method for producing optical color filter
JP2003021918A (en) * 2001-07-05 2003-01-24 Fujifilm Arch Co Ltd Alkali developing solution for photosensitive composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023053991A (en) 2023-04-13
JPWO2020179648A1 (en) 2021-12-09
JP7457171B2 (en) 2024-03-27
TW202035671A (en) 2020-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7170732B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI810200B (en) Structure, method for producing structure, composition for forming absorbing layer, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7113899B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6892927B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP2023055728A (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
JP2024052779A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7428783B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7241797B2 (en) Method for manufacturing color filter, method for manufacturing solid-state imaging device, method for manufacturing image display device, and color filter
JP7428784B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7185759B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7462807B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
US20210103215A1 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7344355B2 (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7419475B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, structure, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2019202908A1 (en) Pattern production method, optical filter production method, solid-state imaging element production method, image display device production method, photocurable composition and film
US11518827B2 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7284184B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JPWO2018173524A1 (en) Coloring composition, pigment dispersion, method for producing pigment dispersion, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
US20220043344A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2020179648A1 (en) Structure production method, color filter production method, solid state imaging element production method, and image display device production method
WO2020004114A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP7414948B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7220726B2 (en) Curable composition, film, structure, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20767133

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021504038

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20767133

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1